Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / Brewin Dolphin Holdings plc

Brewin Dolphin Holdings plc

brw · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker brw
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Brewin Dolphin Holdings plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
B

r

e

w

i

n

D

o

l

p

h

i

n

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Invested for 
the future

Annual Report  
and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our vision is to become the UK’s 
leading provider of personalised wealth 
and investment management services, 
delivering a compelling client 
proposition, rewarding careers and 
sustainable shareholder returns.

In this report

Strategic Report
  1  Our Investment Proposition
  6  Our Results
  8  About Us
  9  Our Services
  10  Our Business Model
  12  Our Market
  14  Chairman’s Statement
  16  Chief Executive’s Review
  22  Our Strategy
  24  Key Performance Indicators
  26  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
  30  Financial Review
  38  Corporate Responsibility

Governance
  42  Board of Directors
  44  Chairman’s Introduction
  45  Corporate Governance Report
  48  Committee Reports
  56  Directors’ Remuneration Report
  70  Directors’ Report
  74   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
  75  Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements
  82  Consolidated Financial Statements
  90  Notes to the Financial Statements

Other Information
 133  Five Year Record
 134  Appendix – Calculation of KPIs
 135  Shareholder Information
 136  Glossary
 137  Branch Address List

Visit our corporate website for more 
information: https://www.brewin.co.uk

Our Investment Proposition
Why invest in Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC?

As a leading UK wealth manager, we are invested for the future of our 
stakeholders. We exist to protect and grow our clients’ wealth.

Brewin Dolphin is 
recognised and well 
known for providing 
trusted advice and 
investment expertise
During our long history as a 
respected provider of 
high-quality financial services 
to clients, we have earned a 
reputation for integrity and 
trustworthiness that stands us 
in good stead for the future.

The future direction of 
our market place is 
positive
As the role of the state 
diminishes, people need 
increasingly to take 
responsibility for their financial 
affairs such as savings, 
investments, retirement 
planning and long-term care. 
Demand for financial advisory 
services and investment 
management is growing as a 
result, creating good long-
term prospects for 
continued growth.

  For more information  
see page 12

Our brand, scale and 
investment in our people 
enable us to stand out
We are one of the largest 
wealth management 
companies. We attract, 
develop and retain the best 
talent to strengthen existing 
relationships, win new clients 
and help us build an even 
stronger organisation. 

  For more information  
see page 38

We are making good 
progress with our 
strategy and investing  
for the future
We have significantly 
strengthened our operations 
and improved our operational 
efficiency in recent years. Now 
we are progressing with our 
strategy for growth, constantly 
investing to increase the 
number of clients we serve 
and the proportion of their 
wealth that we manage.

  For more information  
see page 16

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

1

Invested for  
the future

These eight ‘enablers’ ensure we can 
deliver the services our clients need 
and support our growth strategy.

An evolving 
proposition 
based on trust

Clients’ needs and ambitions evolve over 
time, influenced by changing circumstances 
and shifting economic trends. We are there to 
track every change, drawing on our flexible 
business model, market-leading research and 
innovative culture to ensure our advice is 
constantly relevant and tailored to their needs. 
That is how we earn and preserve our 
clients’ trust.

Investing in 
talent

We invest in attracting, developing and 
retaining the best talent. In doing so, we enable 
our employees to be as good as they possibly 
can be, providing high-quality advice and 
consistently doing more for clients. By  
ensuring our people are highly engaged we 
can rely on their commitment and expertise  
for the long-term.

2 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Using technology 
to support 
relationships

We are a people business that is enabled by 
technology. Our investments in technology help  
us to spend more time with clients and meet 
growing demand for wealth and investment 
management services. By offering new 
communication channels, apps and portals,  
we are constantly improving efficiency and 
expanding contact options.

Client-focused 
leadership

We are driving our strategy for growth by placing 
client needs at the forefront of our business 
thinking. That is why our Executive Committee 
includes client-facing specialists who represent  
our services – financial planning, advice and 
investment management. This is how we ensure 
that client needs are an important part of strategic 
decision-making.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

3

Strategic Report 
 
We’re always there 
for our clients

We are growing our presence in our market place in an 
increasingly competitive environment. Our availability, 
via technology and our network of 29 offices across the 
United Kingdom, the Channel Islands and the Republic 
of Ireland, helps us to grow our client base and the 
share of their wealth that we manage.

4 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

A progressive 
business with  
a distinctive 
culture

Our values – Genuine, Expert and Ambitious – help 
us develop and sustain client relationships. As we 
advance and innovate, our culture and values 
continue to guide us in growing and protecting  
our clients’ wealth, helping them to achieve 
their ambitions.

Building long-
term relationships

Strengthening existing client relationships and winning 
new ones that last are key to sustainable long-term 
value for both clients and shareholders. By building 
mutually rewarding relationships and understanding 
every client’s lifetime goals and ambitions we can 
deliver individually tailored, expert planning and advice 
that precisely meets their needs.

A focused strategy 
for growth

We are delivering on our strategy to grow our core 
revenues by expanding the proportion of wealth we 
manage for increasing numbers of clients. We continue to 
invest for the future – in our people, services, technology, 
infrastructure, culture and above all our client relationships. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

5

Strategic Report 
 
Our Results

2017 Financial Highlights1

A year of strong growth and performance

To read about the Key Performance Indicators we use to measure our strategic progress, turn to page 24

Total income (£m)

£304.5m

Adjusted2 profit  
before tax (£m)

£70.0m

Statutory profit  
before tax (£m)

£57.6m

Discretionary  
funds (£bn)

£33.8bn

304.5

70.0

61.0

283.7

282.4

62.2

61.0

57.6

33.8

28.8

50.1

24.8

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Adjusted2 PBT  
margin (%)

23.0%

Statutory PBT 
margin (%)

18.9%

Adjusted2 earnings  
per share – diluted3 (p)

Earnings per  
share – diluted3 (p)

19.6p

16.0p

23.0

21.5

21.9

21.6

17.7

18.9

19.6

17.1

17.1

16.8

16.0

13.9

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

1.  Continuing operations.

2.  These figures have been adjusted to exclude redundancy costs, FSCS levy rebate, onerous contracts, one-off migration 
costs, amortisation of client relationships, acquisition costs, incentivisation awards and disposal of available-for-sale 
investments – see page 31.

3.  See note 13 to the Financial Statements.

6 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Group Highlights

Strong period of organic fund inflows
Our net new funds growth rate in overall discretionary funds was 8% during the year, well in excess  
of our 5% per annum target.

Discretionary funds of £33.8bn, increased by 17.4%
Total discretionary funds grew 17.4% (15.3% excluding acquired funds) to £33.8 billion 
(2016: £28.8 billion) driven by record gross funds inflows, as well as strong investment performance 
and outflows reducing to a level more consistent with prior years.

Successful acquisition of Duncan Lawrie Asset Management 
(‘DLAM’)
£0.7 billion of funds acquired on the acquisition of the high-quality wealth management business of 
DLAM in May 2017; financed entirely from internal resources. Eighteen new investment professionals 
and their clients have been welcomed to Brewin Dolphin.

Margin
Improved operational efficiency has allowed growth in the business within our existing capacity, 
reflected in the adjusted PBT margin increasing from 21.6% to 23.0% in the year.

To learn more about progress during the year see the Chief Executive’s Review on page 16

Dividend payout ratio

Full year dividend (p)

Cash (£m)

77%

15.0p

£170.0m

77

77

70

15.0

13.0

12.0

170.8

170.0

149.8

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

7

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAbout Us

A scalable platform  
for growth

Our rich heritage and reputation for trust, 
integrity and service alongside our regional 
presence provides a strong platform from 
which we can grow our business.

Our talented and knowledgeable people are delivering 
the right services and expertise across the country  
to help clients reach their goals.

Who we are
Founded in 1762, Brewin Dolphin is a leading 
independently-owned UK wealth manager. We are 
listed on the London Stock Exchange, and a member 
of the FTSE 250 Index. We take an integrated, 
advice-led approach to protecting and growing our 
clients’ wealth by combining our experience and 
expertise in financial planning and investment 
management. Our success is built upon our belief  
in the importance of long-term client relationships  
and our commitment to a highly personalised and 
high-quality service.

  See page 137 for branch address list

1,614

Employees

29

Offices

8 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Our Services

The table below outlines the services provided by the Group. Further information on these and our clients can be found  
in the Business Model overleaf. 

Available to

Direct private 
individuals

Private 
individuals via 
intermediaries

Corporates

Charities

Core services

Wealth Management
Integrated approach to protecting and growing wealth that combines both 
Financial Planning and Investment Management.

Investment Management
Designed for clients who want to benefit from a personal focus on their 
investment portfolio but do not require financial planning.

Financial Planning
This service helps address our clients’ wider financial planning needs including 
advice on investment, protection or retirement requirements.

Managed Portfolio Service (‘MPS’)
This service is provided for financial advisers who offer a suite of risk rated model 
portfolios designed for their clients who do not require, or for whom it is not cost 
effective to have, a personalised solution.

Brewin Portfolio Service (‘BPS’)
A cost effective service for clients with smaller sums to invest and who do not 
need advice. It combines the investment expertise of Brewin Dolphin with the 
freedom for individuals who are happy making their own risk decisions and 
investment choices. It gives access to six risk rated portfolios which are primarily 
invested in passive funds.

Execution Only
Custody, trade execution and settlement services for clients who have  
no need for advice and prefer to make their own investment decisions.  
This service is limited and we no longer provide it on a standalone  
basis to new clients.

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Core funds

Non-core services

£22.5bn

£10.4bn

£1.6bn

£2.9bn

Advisory
The service provided is either ‘Advisory Managed’, where we provide advice on 
both the structure of the portfolio and the individual investments within it, or 
‘Dealing with Advice’ where advice is provided on a transactional basis only. We 
no longer offer this service for new clients, other than on an exceptional basis.

✓

✓

✓

Total core1 funds

2017

2016

1.  Discretionary, BPS and execution only funds.

£37.4bn

£32.4bn

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

9

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur Business Model

A business model  
designed for growth

Resources and relationships
We rely on our resources and relationships 
in order to run our business. We actively 
engage with our stakeholders throughout 
our business cycle.

Employees
Our strength is in our 1,614 people, both client-facing  
colleagues and those who provide support to them. 
We have a strong commitment to development and 
we use initiatives such as the employee engagement 
survey to understand what is working well and what 
can be improved.

Clients
We help to protect and grow wealth for our clients 
and maintaining close personal relationships with 
them is key to our business.

How our clients access our services

Brewin Portfolio Service

 – Risk rated model portfolios 

with no advice

Private 
Individuals

Direct

Charities/
Corporates

Wealth & Investment  
Management & 
Financial Planning

 – Full advice (either from a 
Brewin Dolphin adviser 
or an intermediary)

 – Caters for all  
clients’ needs

 – Full suite of solutions

Investors
We engage with our shareholders and potential 
investors at events such as the Company’s AGM 
and roadshows.

Indirect

Suppliers
We actively engage with our suppliers at different 
stages of our business model, which ensures 
commitment and transparency between all parties.

Regulators
We ensure a regular dialogue with regulatory bodies 
and can therefore adapt to the changing regulatory 
landscape and identify where these changes can 
provide opportunities for the business.

Intermediaries

Managed Portfolio Service

 – Actively managed risk rated  
model portfolios for clients  
who receive advice from  
an intermediary

10 

For more information see page 9

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
How our business creates 
value for our stakeholders
The creation of value for our clients 
is inextricably linked to our business 
interests.

For Brewin Dolphin
We earn income from services based on the amount of 
funds we manage, fees charged for financial planning 
or the investment business we transact on behalf of 
our clients.

Our personalised approach to client service combined  
with the expertise of our professionally qualified and 
experienced staff drives the value of our services and  
helps us earn the trust of clients and creates loyal  
client relationships. This creates value through brand 
enhancement and the generation of new leads via referrals.

Our client relationships are a key source of long-term value 
for the Group.

For Clients
Clients with advice
We help clients achieve their long-term goals by managing 
their wealth for key stages in their life. Every client is 
different so we individually assess their needs and develop 
personalised plans.

We guide them through today’s complex financial services 
environment, helping them nurture their wealth in the most 
tax-efficient manner we can.

Clients without advice
Our Brewin Portfolio Service gives clients a low-cost 
alternative to the full wealth management service whilst 
enabling them to still benefit from the research and 
investment expertise of Brewin Dolphin.

Intermediaries
Both our discretionary investment management service 
and managed portfolio service allow intermediaries to 
effectively outsource the investment management of their 
clients’ portfolios whilst retaining the full client relationship.

Our national business development team and network 
of offices mean we can support advisers and their clients 
face-to-face across the UK.

How we meet our 
clients’ needs
We seek to employ and develop 
the best people to help our 
clients manage the financial 
complexities of life and support 
financial intermediaries.

Brewin Dolphin advice
Our people take time to establish strong client 
relationships based on a full understanding of 
individual circumstances. This enables us to 
build a tailored financial solution.

This may include our integrated wealth 
management service, just financial planning or 
just our investment solutions, depending on 
client needs and how they access our services.

Investment solutions
We are an independently owned business 
which means we can look across a wide range 
of financial products to choose the best and 
most appropriate options from the 
market place.

Our direct portfolios and our model portfolio 
services are underpinned by our in-house 
research as well as our Group-wide asset 
allocation framework.

We deliver the right 
services through our 
eight key enablers
•  An evolving proposition based on trust

•  Investing in talent

•  Using technology to support relationships

•  Client-focused leadership

•  We are always there for our clients

•  Building long-term relationships

•  A progressive business with a  

distinctive culture

•  A focused strategy for growth

For more information see pages 2-5

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

How this value is 
reinvested in the 
business to drive 
growth
The value we 
create generates 
additional capacity  
for us to invest further 
in our business.

Our business 
model is 
underpinned by:
• Our strategy (p 22)

• Risk management 
framework (p 26)

• Our high standards  

of corporate 
governance (p 44)

11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur Market

Challenges 
and opportunities

Societal change
How people save and invest to meet their needs is directly affected by societal influences, from 
changing Government policy to evolving consumer preferences.

As the Government’s long-term personal 
care policies change and employers 
increasingly withdraw from offering final 
salary pension schemes, people are 
becoming more self-reliant in planning 
and securing their long-term futures. 
This has created the opportunity for 
Brewin Dolphin to help growing 
numbers of individuals fulfil their 
ambitions via our advice-led, 
relationship-based and needs-driven 
proposition. Our focus on long-term 
relationships is enabling us to meet our 
clients’ life-time needs.

As the UK population ages, many 
people approaching retirement have 
benefited from a positive property 
market over recent decades and 
generous pension provision. This means 
that many have generated substantial 
personal and familial wealth that they 
now wish to protect and grow. By 
basing our client relationships on 
in-depth knowledge and understanding 
of individual client goals, we can design 
tailored solutions that fulfil their goals 
and needs.

Consumer demands are changing too, 
as individuals increasingly seek 
outcome-oriented solutions that help 
them fulfil their personal ambitions.  
As a result, our emphasis is shifting to 
embrace a range of priorities besides 
investment performance alone. The fully 
bespoke, advice-led wealth 
management service we offer is 
enabling us to take advantage of this 
trend. Critically, our continued focus on 
addressing individual client needs 
ensures that our offering remains 
relevant over the long-term.

A dynamic economic environment
The global investment environment and competitive landscape cannot be separated from 
economic forces, which in turn are influenced by world events.

Geopolitical uncertainties across the 
world are also highly influential, with 
shifting political relationships and other 
uncertainties having the potential to 
disrupt the global investment 
environment. Heightened risk and 
volatility can have negative short-term 
impacts on business and stock market 
performance. At Brewin Dolphin, we 
plan for the long-term. By doing so,  
we seek to ensure that the interests of 
our clients, employees and shareholders 
are always upheld.

Closer to home, the UK wealth 
management industry is fragmented and 
constantly changing, as new entrants 
arrive, others depart and consolidation 
continues. Within this environment, 
Brewin Dolphin’s trusted brand and 
established reputation for delivering 
sound advice and consistent 
performance enable us to sustain 
long-term client relationships. During 
2017, we further extended and 
strengthened our own market presence 
with the acquisition of DLAM.

In the UK in particular, a decade of low 
interest rates has created challenges for 
people seeking low-risk means of 
maintaining and growing their capital. 
Even slight rises, such as the one 
announced on 2 November 2017 by the 
Bank of England, are unlikely to make a 
substantial positive difference in the 
short term. As a result, growing 
numbers of people are seeking advice 
on how to grow their investments 
without taking undue risk. Our ability to 
adapt rapidly to changing client needs 
and market environments helps us to 
optimise investment performance.  
We are significantly broadening the 
range of clients we can help in this area 
with the design and test implementation 
of the WealthPilot service.

See page 17 for more information

See page 28 for more information

See page 16 for more information

12 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Social, economic, legislative and technological forces are constantly creating 
challenges and opportunities throughout the financial services market place. 
Here, we look at how our ability to find the right response to these forces is 
enabling us to invest for the future.

Regulatory developments
The 2008 financial crisis continues to exert its influence over the global financial services industry, 
most particularly in the form of evermore stringent legislation to protect consumers.

One effect of this is the rising cost of 
compliance, with many companies 
facing significant and escalating cost 
challenges in areas including 
recruitment, training and restructuring. 
As one of the largest players in the UK 
wealth management industry, Brewin 
Dolphin not only has the scale to absorb 
the costs of change and allocate 
resources appropriately – we also have 
the expertise to adapt fast and efficiently 
to new regulation.

Fees for services are set to become 
more transparent during 2018 with the 
introduction of the EU’s MiFID II. This will 
enable clients to more easily gauge the 
value of the services they receive.  
At Brewin Dolphin, we believe we can 
clearly demonstrate the value of our 
advice-led proposition. In addition, 
wherever possible we continue to 
leverage our scale to reduce the cost of 
investments within our client portfolio.

Other material legislative factors include 
the growing levels of choice and 
complexity that people face as pension 
freedom rules and other changes come 
into effect, leading more individuals to 
seek professional financial advice.  
We have a vital role to play in enabling 
clients to receive the advice they need, 
ensuring through our recruitment and 
development practices that our people 
can advise on complex needs.

See page 20 for further details

Technological forces
Technology is a differentiator in many areas of the business and complements the way we interact 
with clients.

New technology can be both a 
powerful enabler and a threat, 
particularly in financial services where  
it has the potential to transform many 
aspects of the wealth management 
industry. Our overriding emphasis on 
client relationships, however, makes 
communication the most important 
of these.

As increasing numbers of people use 
digital channels to communicate and 
engage whenever they wish, we have 
embedded digital solutions that increase 
client choice to complement our 
29-strong branch network.

We also continue to offer new ways of 
enabling clients to communicate in the 
ways that suit them best, such as using 
Skype in our new WealthPilot proposition 
(see page 17).

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

13

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChairman’s Statement

Focused delivery

Huge effort has been spent on ensuring that the Group will  
both comply with MiFID II and respond accordingly to the 
changes it heralds.

We have examined carefully the services we provide and over 
the next few months will continue to develop a broader offering. 
In this context we launched the Brewin Portfolio Service. This 
provides a cost effective service to clients who have smaller 
sums to invest. Additionally, we delivered a new digital portal, 
MyBrewin, to allow clients improved access to their portfolios.

Clients and employees
The bedrock of our business lies in the relationship between  
our people and our clients. Last year we launched both an 
employee and a client satisfaction survey. The employee 
engagement score, already above its peer group benchmark, 
is again higher. Our annual client survey also shows sustained 
high levels of client satisfaction with their adviser and the quality 
of advice and service. The survey confirms the continued 
importance of trust in the relationship with clients. Both surveys 
indicate a sound business.

Brewin Dolphin is a people business. We continue to invest in 
talent and attract new people. During the year there was a 
concerted and successful drive across the Group to raise the 
standard of employee development and training. By way of 
illustration, a Financial Planning Academy was set up to ensure 
a regular supply of well trained financial planners. Sixteen 
planners are currently being trained and another twelve will be 
recruited during the year.

Talent and dedication are to be found at all levels of the 
organisation which is why I am proud to have been asked to 
sponsor a People Awards Scheme, to recognise outstanding 
individual performance. The number and quality of nominations 
received confirms the depth of expertise throughout 
the organisation.

Board
The Board is committed to delivering high standards of 
corporate governance and embedding the right culture and 
behaviour throughout the business. This determines how we 
interact with our clients, our employees, our shareholders, the 
communities in which we live, our regulators and all the parties 
which we deal with on a regular or one-off basis.

The Board consists of two Executive Directors, four Non-
Executive Directors and me. Angela Knight retired during the 
year and I have already paid fulsome tribute to her contribution. 
We concluded that we should recruit both a replacement for her 

A highlight of the year was the increase in funds under 
management which grew by 13.3% to a record of 
£40.1 billion. In part due to a strong stock market but also, 
and importantly, as a result of creditable investment 
performance and a substantial inflow of new business. 
Statutory profit before tax from continuing operations 
increased by 15% to £57.6 million confirming Brewin Dolphin’s 
position as one of the leading UK wealth managers.

The Board is proposing a final dividend of 10.75p per share,  
to be paid on 7 February 2018 to shareholders on the register 
on 12 January 2018, the ex-dividend date is 11 January 2018.  
This will bring the total dividend for the year to 15.0p per share, 
an increase of 15.4% compared to the full year dividend for the 
2016 financial year. This reflects a payout ratio of dividends to 
earnings of 77% and lies well within the Company’s target ratio 
of 60% to 80%.

Changing environment
We are entering a period of intense change in the wealth 
management sector, for which we are well positioned. These 
changes are in part driven by regulation, in particular MiFID II, 
and in part by external factors including pricing pressure which 
has arisen particularly as a result of the exponential growth of 
US passive funds.

MiFID II comes into effect in January 2018. It is now embedded 
in European law and seeks to harmonise best practice across 
all the EU member states. It is designed to give clients greater 
transparency across the wealth management industry. Over 
time this will stimulate change in service and charging models.

14 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
and an additional Non-Executive Director. This is a reflection of 
the increasing workload placed upon the Board. On 
15 November 2017, Mike Kellard’s appointment to the Board 
was announced and will take effect from 1 December 2017.  
We will continue to search for an additional Non-Executive Director 
and use this as an opportunity to add to the Board’s skillset.

The day to day management of the Group is delegated to the 
Executive Committee, chaired by David Nicol as Chief 
Executive. The Board continues to work closely with the 
Executive team to offer support and challenge.

Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
This year’s AGM will be held on 2 February 2018 at  
11:30 in Haberdasher’s Hall, 18 West Smithfield Street,  
London EC1A 9HQ, a few minutes’ walk from our head office. 
Light refreshments will be held after the meeting. I do hope you 
will be able to attend. If you are not able to do so, please write 
to me with any questions or comments you may have, and I will 
ensure that you receive a timely response. 

We endeavour to maintain a regular dialogue with our 
shareholders, large and small, and your views are always most 
welcome. Further details can be found in the Notice of AGM.

Simon Miller
Chairman

28 November 2017

9.9

6.25

3.65

FY14

12.0

8.25

3.75

FY15

13.0

9.15

3.85

FY16

15.0

10.75

4.25

FY17

Dividend history (p)

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

8.6

5.05

3.55

FY13

Interim

Final

Dividend policy
The Company’s dividend policy is to grow dividends in line 
with the Group’s adjusted earnings; with a target payout ratio 
of 60% to 80% of annual adjusted diluted earnings per share.

The policy is intended to ensure that shareholders benefit from 
the growth of the Group and it aligns with the strategic 
objective of growing our dividend. The Board recognises the 
importance of dividends to shareholders and the benefit of 
providing sustainable shareholder returns.

The payout range has been adopted to provide sufficient 
flexibility for the Board to remunerate shareholders for their 
investment whilst recognising that there may be a requirement 
for capital retention within the Group.

  See the Financial Review starting on page 30 for 
additional information

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

15

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChief Executive’s Review

Invested for the future to 
deliver long-term growth

Delivering against our strategy
Our focus on delivering a number of strategic initiatives is 
helping us to sustain the net new funds growth rate of 
the business.

Particularly strong growth in discretionary funds from the 
intermediaries channel continues to be the principal driver  
of our overall increase in funds. Our success in meeting the 
growing demand in this market segment resulted from 
deliberate initiatives, supported by a dedicated sales team, 
which focused on developing our investment services and 
meeting the needs of intermediaries and their clients.

During the year we have continued to increase the proportion  
of new direct discretionary private client funds we attract.  
This is a result of offering as broad as possible a range of 
financial advice to meet client needs, including our integrated 
investment management and financial planning services.  
This demonstrates our ‘advice-led’ strategy working in practice.

As well as delivering on initiatives to generate current growth, 
we continued to make good progress on a range of 
programmes aimed at supporting future growth. These are 
centred around a number of priorities:

2017 was a successful year for the business, during which we 
continued to look after our clients’ investment and advice needs 
in increasingly uncertain and complex times. As well as 
generating further investment returns for clients in line with their 
objectives, we also continued to attract net new client funds.

Total funds grew by 13.3% during the year to a record 
£40.1 billion, helping to drive our strong financial performance 
for 2017. Adjusted profit before tax from continuing operations 
grew by 14.8% to a record £70.0 million. Statutory profit before 
tax from continuing operations was 15.0% higher at 
£57.6 million.

 – expanding the range of services we can offer clients and 
further enhancing our services to keep pace with their 
changing needs;

 – improving the operational efficiency of our organisation;

 – sharpening the focus of our marketing and promotional 

Net new funds growth rate in discretionary funds was 8% for 
the year, well in excess of the 5% per annum target we set 
(see our KPIs on page 24). As a result, we are on target to 
meet the plan we announced two years ago to increase 
discretionary funds by one third from net new funds alone 
within five years (see graph below).

£bn

9

6

3

0

16 

3.4

24.8

25.8

1.1

2015

2016

2017

*   excludes acquired funds

8.2

Growth*
Target

2020

activities; and

 – improving support for our employees, via increased 

investment in training, skills and professional development.

We have a business with a proud heritage, of evident quality 
and strength, founded on a strong culture of personalised client 
service, professionalism and expertise in investments and 
financial advice.

I believe these foundations, further strengthened under the 
current strategy over the last five years, were a key ingredient in 
us being the successful bidder in a competitive process for the 
high-quality wealth management business of DLAM. Financed 
from our internal reserves, this purchase added a further 
£0.7 billion in funds when it completed in May 2017. It has also 
allowed us to welcome 18 new investment professionals and 
their clients to Brewin Dolphin.

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
To prosper and remain competitive, successful businesses must 
constantly seek to innovate, change and improve. At the core  
of our current strategy is an appetite for innovation and 
constructive change. While I consider our record in this regard 
to be good, I also believe the rate of change in our market 
environment is accelerating (see page 12), driven by changing 
client needs and the continued evolution of financial regulation 
and government policy towards savings and financial advice.

Our strategy aims to position our business so that we can 
capitalise on the opportunities these market changes will bring 
and in so doing, achieve a higher future market share.

We therefore continue to develop new products and services 
while also improving how we deliver all our services to clients. 
We aim to ensure we can continue to offer attractive services 
that meet the needs of future clients in the changing market 
environment in a way that is valuable to them and to all 
our stakeholders.

Coupled with a measured approach to risk (see page 26),  
our willingness today to innovate for the future by capitalising on 
our scale and strength to re-invest some of our growing financial 
returns is critical to the long-term prospects of our business.

Key components of this approach are understanding client needs 
and how they are changing, then exploring new ways of meeting 
those needs with investment and financial planning solutions. 
Equally important is an appetite for innovation, together with a 
commitment to meeting associated costs, not only in pure 
financial terms but also in management time and key resources.

Therefore, during the year we focused innovation in two 
new areas:

 – We began the design and test implementation of a new 

needs-based wealth planning and investment advice service 
(‘WealthPilot’) for clients with simpler needs. This is aimed at  
a much wider market segment than our traditional services,  
at lower cost with simpler investment solutions. For further 
details, see the following section.

 – Secondly, we have approved the development of an advice-
led proposition designed around the requirements of clients 
with more sophisticated and complex needs.

These initiatives are still at an early stage. To date, they entail 
modest additional investment in the form of initial staffing and 
training costs, as well as some separate office space in central 
London to provide an appropriate environment for testing our 
new complex advice service.

Both are currently standalone, which we believe will provide the 
right environment in which to innovate. However, both these 
new initiatives will form the basis of services that we intend to 
make available throughout our network of regional offices where 
local demand exists.

Our actions during 2017
Improving the direct client offering
It is an ongoing priority for us to free our client advisers from 
administrative tasks, enabling them to spend as much time as 
possible with clients. These efforts have a direct benefit for our 
business development capabilities, as they allow deeper 
conversations that lead to better understanding of our clients’ 
needs, goals and aspirations.

During the year, we made further material progress in 
developing and engaging teams and individuals with areas of 
specialist expertise, to help clients implement their bespoke 
financial plans once they have engaged with an adviser. These 
experts tend to operate across groups of offices, enhancing our 
collaborative culture, freeing up adviser time to focus on 
identifying client needs, enhancing the quality of advice for our 
clients and ensuring the most efficient use of our resources. 

As I mentioned earlier, we introduced our WealthPilot initiative 
during 2017. Initially based in the London office, this is a 
needs-based wealth-planning and investment advice service 
delivered by qualified advisers. The service is delivered over the 
phone, by Skype or face-to-face in our office, whichever the 
client prefers. 

Critically, this is a simplified version of our core service which 
enables us to offer advice to a much wider audience, at lower 
cost with simpler investment solutions. While allowing us to serve 
this broader new client opportunity, it is also opening up a 
multi-generational service, introducing the children and even 
grandchildren of existing clients. We will be expanding WealthPilot 
across our network during 2018. 

See page 22 for a summary of progress and future focus

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

17

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChief Executive’s Review continued

We have also taken early steps to develop a new service catering 
for clients with more complex needs. This will allow us to provide 
additional solutions to sophisticated clients as part of a fully 
advice-led proposition. The new service will be based and 
delivered in an entrepreneurial, standalone environment, where 
direct input from our clients will inform development of the 
proposition. This will ensure that we continue both to meet clients’ 
evolving needs and to deliver the tangible value that they require.

We continue to implement and extend the professional services 
offering we launched to solicitors and accountants in 2016.  
To ensure our wealth managers acquire the correct specialist 
knowledge, we have engaged the internal training services of 
several law and accountancy firms to work with more than 100 
wealth managers from over 20 offices. We ran an extensive 
programme of external seminars, workshops and other events  
to encourage further uptake and build deeper relationships in  
this specialist market.

During the year, we used the benefit of our scale on behalf of 
our clients in negotiating our unit purchasing power with 
institutional funds. This has reduced the cost of investments 
within our client portfolios, with £1.8 billion of funds being 
converted to lowest-cost units.

We have enhanced our BPS non-advised solution, launching a 
digital on-boarding process which means that it now takes less 
time to subscribe to the service. BPS clients now have a fully 
transactional portal allowing them to top up, move and 
withdraw money online and create direct debits for regular 
contributions at any time. We have also looked to take 
advantage of the flexible ISA rules and have made the BPS ISA 
flexible. The service has proved popular with around 1,000 
accounts opened over the last 12 months. MyBrewin, our new 
digital portal for clients, is in the process of being rolled out. 
Plans for the portal in the near future include providing access 
to documents online and continuing to deliver a brand 
enhancing experience via our digital front door.

For intermediaries
Intermediaries drove around 90% of our net new fund growth  
in the year. In this channel, the advice role lies with the 
intermediary, while Brewin Dolphin undertakes the investment 
management role.

We launched our intermediaries growth strategy in 2012, three 
years before that of the organisation as a whole. This reflects 
the importance of maturity when it comes to strategic success, 
demonstrating the long-term value of our approach.

Much of our success in this area during 2017 was driven by  
the efforts of our 17-strong regionally based team of specialist 
business development managers. These individuals help to  
feed the sentiment and opinions of intermediaries back to our 
corporate centre, ensuring we have an excellent understanding 
of the current state of the market. Our intention is to continue to 
develop long-term working relationships via our branch network 
to mitigate some of the risks posed by sector contraction 
and consolidation.

We also responded positively in various ways to the most 
important objectives and requirements of intermediaries, 
revealed through continuous dialogue. For example, we 
continued our strategy of expanding our proposition to meet  
a broader range of client needs. This included the launch of  
a ‘passive’ version of our Managed Portfolio Service (MPS 
Passive Plus), targeting those clients for whom a more complex 
or bespoke service may not be necessary or cost-effective.

This service harnesses the benefits of passive investing, which 
intermediaries increasingly see as an attractive and streamlined 
way to meet their clients’ investment needs. Now intermediaries 
have a good breadth of choice in how they work with Brewin 
Dolphin, from MPS Passive Plus to the full bespoke 
discretionary service.

“Intermediaries drove around 90% of our 
net new fund growth in the year.”

18 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
“The expertise, attitudes and behaviours of our people 
are our most important determinants of success.”

We currently provide the intermediary bespoke discretionary 
service to over 1,400 firms, with over 100 new firms signed up in 
the last year. Our MPS offering has more than 600 firms invested.

The MPS Passive Plus launch provided further evidence of how 
we listen and respond to intermediaries’ needs. During 2017, 
use of our overall MPS offering by intermediaries and their 
clients increased, MPS represents 22% of our intermediaries 
business. This demonstrates the value of working with our 
intermediary clients to help us understand changes in market 
demand and develop the right solutions.

We invested in a widespread programme of events and 
communication to help intermediaries deepen their technical 
knowledge and understanding, with a particular focus on  
MiFID II. This aims to help them strengthen their own client 
relationships and increasingly value their partnership with 
Brewin Dolphin.

We are currently working with intermediaries to tailor MyBrewin, 
our new digital portal to ensure that the digital offering meets 
their needs.

For charities
2017 saw us increase our range of trustee training and other 
educational events. We also commissioned an extensive 
research project, launched in Autumn 2017, on the subject  
of ‘Charity Investment: What matters most?’.

We were successful in a number of major client pitches, 
particularly in the South East and North West of England.  
This has helped us to balance the span of our charities business 
across the country. This has historically been weighted in favour 
of Scotland, where we continue to have a strong presence.  
As at 30 September 2017, we hold over £3.3 billion on behalf  
of charities and are currently the sixth largest UK charity 
investment manager.

The year was also notable for a significant strengthening of 
co-operation and collaboration between teams, regions and 
offices, sharing expertise to benefit our charity operations as  
a whole. This is an indication of the ongoing cultural shift 
underway in our organisation.

Brand growth
Advice-led documentation on subjects 
of particular client interest – see page 21 
for more information.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

19

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChief Executive’s Review continued

For our people
In an increasingly advice-led organisation, the expertise, 
attitudes and behaviours of our people are our most important 
determinants of success.

Our 2017 survey of employees shows that people are positively 
embracing the changes that are underway. In fact, the rise of 
four percentage points to 82% in the engagement score of our 
employees, from last year’s already exceptional result, places us 
6% ahead of the financial services industry benchmark of 76%. 
(See page 38 for further details.)

Our primary focus during 2017 has been on developing and 
improving the skillsets of our core teams and providing the culture 
and working environment that best sustains service standards of 
the highest quality. Our focus on skills extends beyond 
technical matters alone – courses on the ‘psychology 
of money’, for example, are helping advisers better 
understand client needs and ambitions.

We have been active in searching for new talent 
to join our business during the year. Continuing 
our pursuit of the best people to give advice to 
clients, we bolstered our financial planning 
capabilities with 26 new hires ranging from 
apprentices to highly qualified paraplanners and 
financial planners. Combined with manageable 
levels of attrition, these hires contributed to a small 
increase in client-facing headcount.

Key senior hires elsewhere in the organisation included our new 
Chief Operating Officer and Company Secretary, while 
investments in our technology team increased headcount in that 
area by 10. Our total headcount saw a marginal rise of 2% to 
1,614 employees.

We also made an important investment in developing our 
client-facing expertise for the future, with the launch of our 
Financial Planning Academy. With an initial cohort of 16 aspiring 
individuals, this is a key investment in our ability to provide 
long-term value for our clients and so enhance Group 
performance. See page 39 for further details on this and further 
development initiatives, including our graduate and emerging 
talent programmes, executive leadership development, 
performance management and learning opportunities.

In the same section, you can read about our Diversity & 
Inclusion policy, through which we aim to gain diversity from 
employing the most talented people from different backgrounds.

All these factors add up to high levels of staff engagement.  
I have already mentioned the exceptional results of our 2017 
Engagement Survey, which highlights the tangible positive 
impact of such activities.

For our operational efficiency
Our strategy includes freeing up time for key staff, wherever 
possible and appropriate, by both increasing the automation of 
manual business processes and enhancing the client proposition 
through the use of technology solutions such as client portals.

During the year, technology investments played an ongoing role 

in our journey to improve and increase standardisation 

and collaboration across the organisation. 

82%

Employee  
engagement  
score

Technology is an important enabler in improving 
collaboration between teams and individuals.  
As well as the benefits highlighted earlier, it allows 
geographically separate teams to work together 
and improves efficiency through 
shared resources.

This is just one element of our ongoing commitment 
to introducing cost-effective new solutions to support 

our people in every area of the business, from further 
developing our new HR system to moving to a new trade 

execution system.

Our new Order Management System (trade execution system) 
has standardised processes across the Group, improving 
operating efficiency and controls while providing a strong basis 
for compliance with regulatory changes such as MiFID II.  
The new client portal, ‘MyBrewin’, will improve our clients’ digital 
experience and enable operational efficiencies through features 
such as Documents Online. Within our digital programme,  
we have continued to adopt cloud technologies and have 
successfully moved and tested our disaster recovery capability 
in the Microsoft Cloud.

We are also rolling out a new suite of workspace tools to 
provide an improved and consistent experience, enhanced 
client-engagement capabilities, greater collaboration and flexible 
working opportunities. The new tools are also enhancing device 
and system security, supporting our ongoing commitment and 
investment in maintaining a robust cybersecurity control 
environment to protect clients, employees and 
Group information.

20 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
“The world we face contains many geopolitical uncertainties but  
we will continue to address and mitigate these by planning for the 
long-term, as we have for more than 250 years.”

Our regulators have issued a significant quantity of regulatory 
guidance and change over the last 12-18 months, resulting in 
some key regulatory projects for Brewin Dolphin. MiFID II is a 
key piece of regulation that will substantially change European 
financial markets. We have had a project in place for the last 
two years to meet the 3 January 2018 implementation date. 
The Group continues to make substantial investment in systems 
and processes to achieve compliance. Additionally, the FCA 
requires investment firms to comply with the Senior Manager 
and Certification Regime (‘SMCR’) during 2018. The Group has 
an established project in place and continues to make good 
progress towards compliance before the effective date.

For communities
The ways in which we work to support communities, on a 
national and local basis, fully reflect how we behave in our client 
and employee relationships. This in turn reflects our inherent 
cultural imperative of always doing what is right for 
our stakeholders.

The Board and I believe that 2017 was a highly significant year 
for Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’) at Brewin Dolphin. Our 
national approach of supporting education and employability 
initiatives resonates with clients and shows them what kind of 
organisation we are. This runs alongside the CR activities of our 
offices, which select and manage charitable and other initiatives 
with a local and regional focus. See page 40 for details.

We believe we lead the wealth management sector in CR,  
and I am confident that we are moving in the right direction to 
meet our goals. There is still progress to be made, however,  
and we will maintain focused discipline within this important area.

For brand growth
This was another year of high-quality marketing activities aiming 
to attract awareness, interest and contact from potential clients. 
They included the continuation of our carefully targeted 
Gardening Club, which in 2017 included gardens at the new RHS 
show at Chatsworth as well as Chelsea itself. We harnessed the 
burgeoning interest in cycling, with the launch of the Brewin 
Dolphin Velo series of four road events in England and Scotland.

Other initiatives included the continuation of placing advice-led 
articles in media on subjects of particular client interest. We also 
piloted a digital marketing exercise designed to drive down cost 
per contact. We will be building on this in the coming year.

Looking ahead: 2018 and beyond
The world we face contains many geopolitical uncertainties but 
we will continue to address and mitigate these by planning for 
the long-term, as we have for more than 250 years.

Some challenges are imminent, of course, such as the 
introduction of MiFID II and the General Data Protection 
Regulations (‘GDPR’). However, we believe that organisations 
of scale, such as Brewin Dolphin, should regard these 
developments as an opportunity to differentiate. For us 
transparency is an important element of a high-quality 
client service.

When it comes to Brexit, our view is somewhat clearer than 
it was in 2016. As a UK-based entity, we will maintain close 
oversight on Brexit’s likely effects on our wider operating 
environment, to ensure that we are prepared and positioned 
to take appropriate measures to address any eventualities 
that emerge.

Meanwhile, we believe that momentum remains with us as we 
pursue our ambitious growth strategy. We are confident that our 
advice-led approach for direct clients is fit for the future, as the 
advice gap coincides with a growing market need for advice. 
We believe there remains an important window of opportunity 
before banks and other major financial institutions re-enter the 
financial advice market.

Our continuous ambition to succeed means that we are 
preparing for an increasingly competitive future environment 
while making the most of current growth opportunities. In any 
event, we firmly believe in the long-term value of skilled and 
engaged people giving high-quality advice as part of a close 
client relationship.

So, by continuing to invest in the capabilities of our people 
today, we are also invested for the future.

David Nicol
Chief Executive

28 November 2017

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

21

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur Strategy

Delivering our  
strategy for growth

Our vision is to become the UK’s leading provider of personalised wealth 
and investment management services, delivering a compelling client 
proposition, rewarding careers and sustainable shareholder returns.

Objective  1
Revenue growth
Grow the business in both absolute and market share terms, by increasing the 
number of clients and the proportion of their wealth that we manage.

What we said we would do
 – Further new services targeting a range 
of discrete segments, based on client 
and intermediary research.

2017 progress
 – Net new discretionary funds flow of 
8%, with approximately 90% from 
intermediaries.

Future focus
 – Develop an advice-led proposition  
for clients with sophisticated and 
complex needs.

 – Continued development of 
intermediary relationships.

 – Further segmentation of clients to 
increase relevance and increase 
funds flow.

 – Continued evolution of focused 

marketing strategy.

 – Continued investment in our Financial 

Planning Academy.

 – Rollout of WealthPilot, our low-cost 

advice platform. 

 – Continued investment in client-facing 

 – Achieved £3.4 billion gross fund 

new hires.

 – Actively develop our already strong 

intermediary relationships.

 – Further training in business 

development capabilities for our people.

 – Continued investment in technology 
to improve accessibility for clients.

inflows into our core business taking 
our total funds to more than 
£40 billion.

 – Continued to hire the best available 

advisory and financial planning 
professionals.

 – Invested further in training to help 
advisers get to the root of our  
clients’ needs.

 – Approved the development of an 
advice-led proposition designed 
around the needs of clients with 
sophisticated and complex needs.

 – Launched pioneering Financial Planning 

Academy apprenticeship scheme.

 – Broadened dialogue with 

intermediaries, and introduced services 
based on their stated requirements.

 – Continued investment in technology 

to improve client communications and 
service delivery.

22 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
  Performance against strategy is a factor in remuneration decision making, see page 59

  For measurement of progress see our KPIs on page 24

  For discussion on priorities and progress see the Chief Executive’s Review on page 16 and for an evaluation  
of our principal risks see page 26

Objective  2
Improved efficiency
Maintain an efficient and scalable operating model enabling investment,  
developing greater productivity and sustaining competitive pricing.

What we said we would do
 – Invest in technology and process 

improvement to increase efficiency 
and reduce costs.

2017 progress
 – Embedded new order management 

system, maximising the time advisers 
can spend with clients.

Future focus
 – Increase efficiency and reduce costs 
through continued investment in 
technology.

 – Continued to improve collaboration 

and knowledge-sharing across offices.

 – Embedded and further enhanced 

internal management systems for HR 
and financial reporting and analysis.

 – Used our scale to enhance our unit 
purchasing power when negotiating 
with institutional funds.

Objective  3
Capital sufficiency
Maintain sufficient capital to maximise opportunities and cover risks.

What we said we would do
 – Continue to maintain capital at a level 
that enables investment in emerging 
opportunities from a position of 
strength.

2017 progress
 – Maintained sufficient capital to enable 
investment opportunities, reduce risk 
and provide comfort during periods of 
uncertainty.

 – Acquired DLAM, gaining experienced 
wealth and investment managers and 
strong client relationships, while 
maintaining capital sufficiency.

Future focus
 – From a position of strength, continue 

to maintain capital at a level that 
enables investment in emerging 
opportunities.

Objective  4
Dividend growth
Grow our dividend in line with earnings.

What we said we would do
 – Continue policy of target payment of 
60% to 80% of adjusted diluted EPS 
to ensure we grow our dividend in line 
with earnings.

2017 progress
 – Dividend payout ratio of 77% of 

adjusted diluted EPS.

Future focus
 – Maintain policy of target payment of 
60% to 80% of adjusted diluted EPS 
to ensure our dividend grows in line 
with earnings.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

23

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationKey Performance Indicators

Measuring progress

We use key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) to measure the progress  
and the success of our strategy implementation.

We set out the KPIs for each strategic and financial objective 
below, with a measure of our performance to date and an 
indication where applicable of potential challenges to success.

Changes to KPIs
We have removed the following KPI after assessing the ongoing 
suitability of the KPIs for measuring the success of our 
strategy implementation:

 – % of managed funds in our discretionary service – this 

measure is no longer required, as the focus on discretionary 
funds is fully embedded and the target of 90% has been met.

  A detailed explanation of the calculations used for the 
KPIs is contained in the Appendix on page 134

  KPIs marked with an asterisk are included in remuneration 
decision making see page 59

1

Revenue growth

Discretionary funds inflows* (%): Target 5%

Discretionary service yield (bps)

8.0

Definition The value of annual net inflows  
as a percentage of opening funds for our 
discretionary service.

89.0

88.0

81.0

4.6

4.4

2015

2016

2017

Performance during the year Net inflows 
were £2.3 billion, more than double the prior 
year; higher inflows were combined with 
lower net outflows (see page 32 for more 
detail).

Potential challenges Failure to successfully 
execute on the strategy for attracting 
direct inflows.

Definition Total discretionary income over 
the average discretionary funds for the 
period measured as a percentage.

Performance during the year The yield has 
reduced in line with the change in mix of new 
fund flows, with higher inflows from 
intermediaries and model portfolios which 
have lower charges than direct advised 
services – see page 32 for detail.

2015

2016

2017

Potential challenges Market volatility 
reducing transactional volumes.

Net promoter score (%): Benchmark 41.8%

Overall client satisfaction: Benchmark 7.8

47.9

44.6

n/a

2015

2016

2017

24 

Definition An indication of how likely clients 
are to recommend us. Scored from -100% 
to +100%, measured by a client survey 
conducted by an independent third party.

Performance during the year This year  
saw a score of 47.9%, significantly above  
an industry benchmark measured of 41.8%.

Potential challenges Failure to maintain 
reputation may adversely impact client loyalty.

8.4

8.5

n/a

2015

2016

2017

Definition An indication of overall client 
satisfaction as a score out of 10, measured 
by a client satisfaction survey conducted by 
an independent third party.

Performance during the year This year saw 
a score of 8.5/10, 9% above the 2017 
industry benchmark of 7.8.

Potential challenges Failure to deliver a 
good client experience.

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
2

Improved efficiency

Adjusted1 PBT2 margin* (%): Target 25%

Discretionary funds per CF30 (£m): Target £75m

21.9

21.6

23.0

2015

2016

2017

Definition Reported total annual adjusted 
profit before tax as a percentage of Group 
total income.

Performance during the year The adjusted 
PBT margin is 1.4 percentage points higher 
than 2016, as a result of efficient capacity 
utilisation supporting growth in fund revenue.

Potential challenges Failure to achieve 
further growth combined with changes in 
investment market and economic conditions.

75

64

53

2015

2016

2017

Definition The total value of client funds in 
our discretionary service divided by the 
period end number of client-facing 
professional investment managers and 
financial planners (‘CF30s’).

Performance during the year The increase 
in the period reflects the net funds inflow and 
investment performance.

Average client portfolio (£000): Target 500

Employee engagement (%): Benchmark 76%

659

590

498

2015

2016

2017

Definition The average value of funds per 
client for our managed/advised services.  
This is calculated based on total reported 
managed/advised funds at period end, 
divided by period-end number of 
client relationships.

Performance during the year The change 
in size was primarily due to market growth in 
the year and the continued exit of sub 
£150k clients.

76

78

82

2015

2016

2017

Definition A survey that measures overall 
employee engagement on matters that affect 
them. Measured by a specialist external 
company. The survey is benchmarked 
against other financial services firms.

Performance during the year The 
employee engagement survey undertaken  
in 2017 resulted in a 4 percentage points 
increase in employee satisfaction over the 
2016 result with increased employee 
engagement – see page 38 for more detail.

Potential challenges Failure to engage our 
employees effectively could impact 
productivity and could result in loss of 
key staff.

3

Capital sufficiency

4

Dividend growth

Capital adequacy ratio (%): Minimum 150%

Adjusted1,3 EPS growth – diluted (%)

248

232

232

Definition The ratio, as a percentage, of the 
Group’s period end total regulatory capital 
resources to the period end total regulatory 
capital requirement.

17

Performance during the year Our capital 
adequacy ratio remains well above the target 
of 150%.

7

(2)

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Definition The annual percentage change in 
reported adjusted diluted earnings per share.

Performance during the year Driven by a 
15% increase in adjusted PBT.

Potential challenges In the longer term, 
failure to effectively execute our growth 
strategy. In the short term, investment 
market conditions are the biggest driver of 
our income and therefore earnings.

1.  Excluding redundancy costs, FSCS levy, onerous 

contracts, amortisation of client relationships, one-off 
migration costs, acquisition costs, incentivisation 
awards and disposal of available-for-sale investments.

2.  See page 6 for statutory PBT.

3.  See note 13 to the Financial Statements.

Dividend growth (%)

21

15

8

2015

2016

2017

Definition The percentage change in 
total annual dividend per share (interim 
and final).

Performance during the year Dividend 
growth driven by adjusted diluted EPS 
growth in line with dividend policy see 
page 15.

Potential challenges Failure to maintain 
capital strength and profitability.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

25

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

Managing our risks
Effective risk management is key to the success of delivering our strategic 
objectives. Our risk culture continues to strengthen; it ensures identification, 
assessment, and management of the principal risks to our business.

The overall level of risk we face continues to increase as a result 
of external market conditions; high volumes of regulatory 
change; an increasingly uncertain global political environment 
and associated market volatility; and increasing cyber criminality.

The key parties involved in the risk management process  
within the Group and their respective responsibilities,  
and an explanation of how risk management is structured  
within the Group, is set out opposite.

The Board promotes a strong risk culture throughout the 
business by promoting and encouraging:

 – A distinct and consistent tone from the top

 – Clear accountabilities for those managing risk

 – Prompt sharing and reporting of risk information

 – A commitment to ethical principles

 – Appropriate levels of conduct and considered risk  

taking behaviour

 – Recognition of the importance of knowledge, skill and 

experience in risk management

 – Members of staff at all levels to make suggestions for 

improving processes and controls

 – An acceptance of the importance of continuous management 
of risk, including clear accountability for and ownership of 
specific risks.

Every employee within the Group is expected to adhere to the 
high standards established by the Board. The benefits of 
establishing a strong risk culture is evident; with our employees 
self-identifying and escalating risk events and potential issues to 
mitigate the probability of risks crystallising.

The Board reviews the effectiveness of this Risk Management 
Framework periodically, receiving reports on internal control 
from the Audit and Risk Committees and debating key risks for 
the Group following more detailed work by the Risk Committee.

Our approach is to maintain a strong control framework to 
identify, monitor and manage the principal risks we face, 
adequately quantify them and ensure we retain sufficient capital 
in the business to support our strategy for further growth.

We assess our principal risks regularly to ensure that our risk 
profile is within our risk appetite which is set by the Board.

We categorise risks into risk groups covering potential impacts 
to clients, revenue, capital and reputation. The three risk 
groups are:

 – Business Risk

 – Financial Risk

 – Operational Risk

We identify and assess specific risks within these risk groups, 
mitigate and manage these risks, and monitor and report 
against these risks, which provides the foundation to enable us 
to deliver against our strategic objectives.

Risk Management Objectives
The primary objectives of risk management at Brewin Dolphin 
are to ensure that there is:

 – a strong risk culture so that employees are able to identify, 

assess, manage and report against the risks the business is 
faced with;

 – an appropriate balance between risk and the cost of control;

 – a defined risk appetite within which risks are managed; and

 – a swift and effective response to incidents in order to  

minimise impact.

Risk Management Framework
The Board has established a Risk Management Framework to 
ensure there is effective risk governance.

We follow industry practice for risk management through the 
‘three lines of defence’ model. The first line is the business that 
owns and manages the risk, the second line is the control 
functions, and the third line is independent assurance provided 
by audit.

26 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Risk Management Framework

Top Down Risk Management

Board
 – Responsible for ensuring there is an adequate 
and appropriate risk management framework 
and culture in place.

 – Sets risk appetite and is responsible for 
ensuring alignment with the Group’s  
business strategy.

Business Risks
These are the risks that we 
do not set the right strategy, 
a material business decision 
fails or external market 
factors impact the viability of 
the business.

Risk Committee
 – Oversees the Risk Management Framework.

 – Assists the Board in its responsibilities for the 

integrity of internal control and risk 
management systems.

Audit Committee
 – Assists the Board in gaining assurance as to 

the integrity of the financial statements and the 
effectiveness of the system of internal controls.

 – Monitors the effectiveness and objectivity of 

internal and external auditors.

Risk Management Committee
 – Executive level day to day oversight and 

monitoring of the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Risk Management Framework.

 – Monitors current and emerging risks  

and themes.

 – Oversees the Group’s Policy Framework.

Financial Risks
These are the risks facing 
our business in terms of 
inadequate or failed 
management of finances 
and the risk introduced by 
external factors that could 
have a detrimental impact 
on our cash flow, capital 
and liquidity.

Operational Risks
This is the risk of loss 
resulting from inadequate or 
failed internal processes, 
people and systems, or 
from external events.

Risk Identification and Assessment
 – Risk and Control Self Assessments to identify 
the key risks for each department and for 
business change activities.

 – Assessment of inherent (pre-control) and 

residual risk (post-control).

Risk Mitigation and Management
 – Management of events that had a potential or 
actual financial, regulatory, operational or  
client impact.

 – Agreeing action plans to mitigate risk issues.

Risk Monitoring and Reporting
 – The business community is primarily responsible 

for monitoring risks.

 – Risk trends are monitored and analysed.

 – Key risk indicators are reviewed monthly.

Risk Assurance
 – Annual audit plan to evaluate the adequacy of 

processes and systems, and test the operating 
effectiveness of key controls.

Bottom Up Risk Management

2017 Developments
Considerable uncertainty in the external environment has 
continued in 2017 both in the UK and globally, including ongoing 
Brexit negotiations and international political events. Whilst the 
Group is predominantly a UK domiciled business with a UK centric 
client base, this uncertainty and resulting increased levels of market 
volatility may have an impact on some of our principal risks. We are 
closely following the Brexit negotiations and will assess the 
ongoing impact of these on our principal risks over time.

In 2017 we have focused on reviewing variances in the risks 
and controls across our offices. This process has identified 
opportunities to strengthen controls and improve operational 
efficiency, which will be implemented over the course of 2018.

A risk workshop was conducted during the period to review the 
risks facing the Group. For each risk, an assessment was 
undertaken of the relative willingness to take that risk to achieve 
the Group’s strategic objectives. Key Risk Indicators used to 
monitor the profile of each risk against the risk appetite have 
been refreshed.

  See page 37 for our Viability Statement, which relies on the 
evaluation of principal risks

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

27

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Principal Risks
The tables below detail the principal risks and uncertainties we have identified. We have a process to regularly report key risk 
indicators and identify changes in the profile of these principal risks. We also consider emerging risks as part of this process.

Business risks
These are the risks that we do not set the right strategy, a material business decision fails, or external 
market factors impact the viability of the business. This could include an inability to introduce or enter  
into new business lines effectively, to expand organically or through merger/acquisition, or to enhance  
the effectiveness of our operational infrastructure.
Direction of change:
Business risks have increased over the past year as heightened levels of uncertainty in the external environment persist. 
Additional risk was taken on during the integration of DLAM to support the Group’s growth objectives.

Key mitigants
 – A strategic plan approved by the Board.

 – A risk appetite that is set against our strategic objectives,  

and monitored on a regular basis by our formal  
governance committees.

 – A robust governance structure that includes challenge from our 

independent Non-Executive Directors.

 – Branch and functional plans are set to achieve strategic 

priorities, which are subject to thorough challenge and review 
by the Board.

 – We are focused on delivering long-term value to clients, 

positioning portfolios appropriately based on our clients’ risk 
profiles and in line with our macroeconomic views.

Principal Risk Nature of the Risk
Business  
Strategy

This is the risk that we fail to deliver 
against the strategic objectives.

Geopolitical

The external environment continues 
to be marked by considerable 
uncertainty globally, as we are in a 
period of significant political change.

Financial markets can be sensitive 
to geopolitical factors and market 
volatility can heighten in uncertain 
environments, impacting 
performance leading to the Group 
generating variable returns.

Geopolitical uncertainties and 
external market factors are inherent 
risks to the financial services industry.

Financial risks
These are the risks facing our business in terms of inadequate or failed management of finances and the risk 
introduced by external factors that could have a detrimental impact on our cash flow, capital and liquidity.
Direction of change:
Financial risks remain at a similar level to last year and are impacted by the continued uncertainty in the external 
environment. Economic uncertainty has the potential to impact profitability of our counterparties and their credit ratings.

Principal Risk Nature of the Risk
Counterparty Default by our banking or trading 
counterparties could put our own  
or our clients’ cash deposits or 
assets at risk.

Key mitigants
 – A Financial Risk Management Framework is in place which 
includes managing the Group’s exposure to counterparty  
credit risk and setting and monitoring counterparty limits.

 – Diversity across our trading and banking counterparties.

 – Due diligence is undertaken for all banking and trading 

counterparties.

 – A Financial Risk Committee provides oversight of the Financial 

Risk Management Framework.

28 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Operational risks
This is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems,  
or from external events.
Direction of change:
The volume of regulatory change and increasing occurrences of cyber attacks across industries has increased the 
inherent risk of change management and criminality. We focus on continually strengthening our monitoring and  
oversight of these risks.

Principal Risk Nature of the Risk
Regulatory  
& Legal 
Compliance

This is the risk that we are not 
compliant with all existing applicable 
regulation and legislation.

Key mitigants
 – Compliance and Legal functions monitor and oversee fulfilment  
of our regulatory and legislative requirements and interactions  
with our key regulators.

Change 
Management

Conduct

The risk that business and regulatory 
changes are not delivered which 
impact the Group’s performance 
and ability to deliver strategic 
objectives.

This is the risk of not delivering fair 
outcomes for clients.

Criminality

The increasing external risk  
of criminality and the difficulty  
of complete prevention is 
recognised, as the volume  
and sophistication of information 
security threats (cyber risk)  
and fraud attempts across 
industries increase.

 – We are active in various industry and trade associations to 

help influence regulation and legislation.

 – A Strategic Projects Committee is responsible for prioritising 

projects and reviewing their status and progress.

 – A Regulatory Change function within Compliance review new 

regulation as it is drafted to ensure we are in compliance 
when it is implemented.

 – Tone from the top sets a culture which puts delivering  
fair outcomes for clients at the core of the Group’s  
activities/ethos.

 – A conduct risk framework sets our approach to conduct risk 
governance, and the ongoing assessment and monitoring 
against key metrics and reporting of conduct risk.

 – A risk based client on-boarding process which ensures that 

we understand our clients’ needs and attitudes to risk.

 – A quality assurance process to identify and address any 
instances where the best outcomes for clients are not 
achieved.

 – Robust investment governance supported by:

 – an Investment Governance Committee;

 – a dedicated research department to set the Group’s asset 

allocation framework; and

 – a restricted assets policy to prevent investment in  

unsuitable assets.

 – Financial Crime, Information Security and Data Protection  

functions ensure we have robust preventative and detective 
measures to reduce this risk.

 – Dedicated Information Security and Data Protection team 
report directly to the Group Risk & Compliance Director.

 – Regular testing of our business continuity, disaster recovery 

and crisis management plans.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

29

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Review

Good growth in our core services 
from strong funds inflows

Results
The Group’s financial performance for the year to 
30 September 2017 was strong. Statutory profit before tax from 
continuing operations was 15.0% higher than last year at 
£57.6 million (2016: £50.1 million), or 20.6% higher if the results 
of the acquisition in May 2017 are excluded. Adjusted profit 
before tax from continuing operations (‘adjusted PBT’) was 
14.8% higher at £70.0 million (2016: £61.0 million), or 12.1% 
higher if the acquisition in the year is excluded. Adjusted diluted 
earnings per share (‘EPS’) was 19.6p per share (2016: 16.8p), 
an increase of 16.7%.

The 14.8% increase in adjusted PBT was driven by the growth 
in total income of 7.8% to £304.5 million (2016: £282.4 million) 
and together with improving operational efficiency. Fixed 
operating costs grew by 5.2%, leading to an increase in 
adjusted PBT margin to 23.0% (2016: 21.6%). Statutory PBT 
margin for the period increased to 18.9% (2016: 17.7%) in line 
with adjusted PBT margin. 

2017 
£m
 291.0 
 13.5 
 304.5 
(110.2)
(71.8)
(182.0)
122.5
(52.5)
 70.0 
–
 70.0 
(5.7)
(6.7)
 57.6 
(12.5)
 45.1 

16.5p 
16.0p 

20.5p 
19.6p 

2016 
£m
263.3 
19.1 
282.4 
(103.5)
(69.5)
(173.0)
109.4 
(48.7)
60.7 
0.3 
61.0 
 (4.6)
 (6.3)
50.1 
(11.1)
39.0 

14.4p 
13.9p 

17.7p 
16.8p 

Change
10.5%
-29.3%
7.8%
6.5%
3.3%
5.2%
12.0%
7.8%
15.3%

14.8%

15.0%

15.6% 

14.6%
15.1%

15.8%
16.7%

Continuing operations

Core1 income
Other income
Total income
Fixed staff costs
Other operating costs
Total fixed operating costs
Adjusted2 profit before variable staff costs
Variable staff costs
Adjusted2 operating profit
Net finance income and other gains and losses
Adjusted2 profit before tax
Exceptional items3
Amortisation of client relationships
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit after tax
Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted4 earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

1.  Core income is defined as income derived from discretionary investment management, financial planning, Brewin Portfolio Service (‘BPS’) and execution only services.

2.  These figures have been adjusted to exclude redundancy costs, onerous contracts, amortisation of client relationships, acquisition costs, incentivisation awards, 

one-off migration costs and disposal of available-for-sale investments.

3.  See reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax to statutory profit before tax on opposite page.

4.  See note 13 to the Financial Statements.

30 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Explanation of adjusted performance measures
We use adjusted PBT, adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted PBT margin (‘adjusted measures’) to measure and report on the 
underlying financial performance of the Group, aiding comparability between reporting periods. The adjusted measures are  
used by the Board and management for planning and reporting. They are also useful measures for investors and analysts. 
Additionally, we use some of the adjusted performance measures as Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’), as well as for performance 
measures for various incentive schemes, including the annual bonuses of Executive Directors and long-term incentive plans.

These adjusted profit measures are calculated based on statutory profit before tax adjusted to exclude various items of income  
or expense. Such adjusted items are typically infrequent or unusual items which the Directors consider to be outside the ordinary 
course of business. They can include non-recurring one-off items of either income or expenses. Income or expenditure adjusted  
for historically has included items such as material gains on available-for-sale assets. One-off expenses can be items such as 
acquisition costs incurred in the year and migration costs incurred during 2016. 

Other adjusted-for-items of income or expense may, like the redundancy costs and onerous contract charges, recur from one 
period to the next. Although these may recur over one or more periods, they are the result of events or decisions which the 
Directors consider to be outside the ordinary course of business, such as material restructuring decisions to reduce the ongoing 
cost base of the Group that do not represent long-term expenses of the business. Incentivisation awards costs in relation to the 
acquisition in the current year, payable for a predetermined period of time, are adjusted for on this basis.

Additionally, the amortisation expense of acquired client relationships is an expense which investors and analysts typically  
add back when considering profit before tax or earnings per share ratios.

Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax to statutory profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax 
Redundancy costs 
One-off migration costs
Acquisition costs
Incentivisation awards
Onerous contracts 
Total exceptional items
Amortisation of client relationships 
Statutory profit before tax of continuing operations
Statutory profit before tax of discontinued operations
Statutory profit before tax

2017  
£m
 70.0 
(0.7)
–
(1.7)
(1.3)
(2.0)
(5.7)
(6.7)
 57.6 
–
 57.6 

2016  
£m
61.0 
 (2.7)
 (1.6)
–
–
 (0.3)
 (4.6)
 (6.3)
50.1 
14.0 
64.1 

Change
14.8%

15.0%

-10.1%

Impact of acquisition
The acquisition of DLAM added £0.7 billion of funds and contributed £2.5 million of income for 4½ months post completion 
to 30 September 2017. After associated staff costs of £0.6 million and administrative, overhead and variable costs of 
£0.3 million for the period this resulted in a post-acquisition contribution to adjusted profit before tax of £1.6 million to the 
Group, equivalent to incremental adjusted diluted earnings per share of 0.5p. The integration of DLAM was completed 
successfully and the achievement of operational cost synergies has exceeded those originally expected by £0.3 million,  
on a full year run rate basis.

Additional exceptional costs of £3.0 million resulting from the acquisition were incurred, included within the adjusted items 
below and impacting statutory profit but not adjusted profit. These comprise:

 – the upfront acquisition costs of £1.7 million covering principally advisory fees and integration expenses;

 – £1.3 million for additional awards to DLAM staff to incentivise the successful transfer and integration of the business; and 

 – an incremental charge for the amortisation of the £25.5 million of client relationships acquired (see note 14 to the Financial 

Statements) of £1.4 million within the £6.7 million total amortisation charge for the Group. 

Net of these incremental costs the impact of the acquisition on 2017 statutory profit before tax was a loss of £2.8 million,  
or a reduction of 1.0 p to statutory diluted earnings per share.

Further exceptional staff incentivisation expense will be incurred over the next five financial years dependent on performance 
targets being achieved in May next year.

  For more information see our KPIs on page 24

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

31

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review continued

Funds

£bn
Private clients
Charities & corporates 
Direct discretionary
Intermediaries
MPS
Total discretionary
BPS1
Execution only
Core funds
Advisory
Total funds

30 September  
2016
16.9
4.2
21.1
6.5
1.2
28.8
0.1
3.5
32.4
3.0
35.4

1.  BPS re-categorised from total discretionary.

Inflows
0.9
0.1
1.0
1.5
0.9
3.4
–
0.4
3.8
–
3.8

Outflows
(0.7)
(0.2)
(0.9)
(0.3)
–
(1.2)
–
(0.8)
(2.0)
(0.1)
(2.1)

Internal  
transfers
–
0.1
0.1
(0.1)
0.1
0.1
–
0.3
0.4
(0.4)
–

Net  
flows
0.2
–
0.2
1.1
1.0
2.3
–
(0.1)
2.2
(0.5)
1.7

Growth  
rate
1.2%
-%
0.9%
16.9%
83.3%
8.0%
-%
(2.9)%
6.8%
(16.7)%
4.8%

Acquired
0.5
0.1
0.6
–
–
0.6
–
0.1
0.7
–
0.7

Investment  
performance
1.3
0.2
1.5
0.5
0.1
2.1
–
–
2.1
0.2
2.3

30 September  
2017
18.9
4.5
23.4
8.1
2.3
33.8
0.1
3.5
37.4

Change
11.8%
7.1%
10.9%
24.6%
91.7%
17.4%
-%
-%
15.4%
2.7 (10.0)%
13.3%

40.1

Indices
MSCI WMA Private Investor Balanced Index
FTSE 100

30 September  
2016
1,457
6,899

30 September  
2017
1,545
7,373

Change
6.0%
6.9%

Total funds grew by 13.3% to £40.1 billion at 30 September 2017 (2016: £35.4 billion), as a result of strong net new funds  
growth (+4.8%), acquired funds (+2.0%) and investment performance (+6.5%).

Core funds grew by 15.4% (2016: 13.7%) or 13.3% excluding acquired funds, due to continuing strong growth in the intermediaries 
and MPS channels which represented 91.3% (£2.1 billion) of net discretionary funds inflows during the year.

The acquisition of DLAM increased core funds by £0.7 billion and included £0.6 billion of discretionary funds.

Total discretionary funds grew 17.4% (15.3% excluding acquired funds) to £33.8 billion (2016: £28.8 billion) driven by record gross 
funds inflows of £3.4 billion (2016: £2.4 billion) and lower gross outflows of £1.2 billion (2016: £1.5 billion). Discretionary net funds 
inflows of £2.3 billion (2016: £1.1 billion) represents a record annualised growth from discretionary funds of 8.0% (2016: 4.4%),  
well above our 5% target.

Total direct discretionary growth was maintained with gross organic inflows of £1.0 billion (2016: £1.0 billion). Total direct 
discretionary funds are now £23.4 billion (including £0.6 billion of acquired assets) (2016: £21.1 billion). Charities and corporates 
represent 19.2% of our total direct client funds (2016: 19.9%).

Direct discretionary private client funds grew to £18.9 billion (2016: £16.9 billion) with inflows increasing to £0.9 billion 
(2016: £0.8 billion) in the year. Of particular note was the growth of the wealth management service, which represented over one 
third of total direct inflows in the year, with 15% (2016: 13%) of our direct private client funds now in this service. As anticipated 
direct discretionary private client outflows declined from previously elevated levels to £0.7 billion (2016: £1.1 billion). Total net flows 
for direct discretionary private clients were £0.2 billion, the same as the prior year.

Net funds inflows into charities and corporates were flat for the year (2016: £0.2 billion), as we saw slightly higher outflows of 
£0.2 billion (2016: £0.1 billion) due to the loss of one large client in the early part of the year. 

Gross inflows from our intermediaries channel of £1.5 billion (2016: £0.9 billion) were a record high and we saw continuing strong 
funds inflows from MPS of £0.9 billion (2016: £0.5 billion). The strength of our intermediaries proposition meant we added over 100 
new relationships in the year, taking our total number of relationships to over 1,600. We now have 28 intermediary relationships with 
funds of over £50 million, with the top 200 relationships accounting for 70% of our intermediaries funds. 

Execution only funds, whilst flat at £3.5 billion, saw the loss of certain larger accounts in the first quarter of the year but with very 
low associated fee income loss. 

Advisory funds were £2.7 billion (2016: £3.0 billion). The rate of advisory funds net outflows has declined in the year to an 
annualised rate of 16.7% (2016: 25.7%), of which £0.4 billion was retained and transferred into other service categories.

32 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Income
Total income increased by 7.8% to £304.5 million (2016: £282.4 million) and is analysed as follows:

Private clients
Charities & corporates
Direct discretionary
Intermediaries
MPS
Indirect discretionary
Total discretionary
Financial planning
BPS
Execution only
Core income
Advisory
Other income
Total other income
Total income

2017  
£m
176.4
21.8
198.2
55.3
5.3
60.6
258.8
20.8
1.0
10.4
291.0
12.9
0.6
13.5
304.5

2016 
£m
165.9
19.7
185.6
46.0
2.9
48.9
234.5
17.5
0.9
10.4
263.3
15.7
3.4
19.1
282.4

Change
6.3%
10.7%
6.8%
20.2%
82.8%
23.9%
10.4%
18.9%
11.1%
-%
10.5%
-17.8%
-82.4%
-29.3%
7.8%

Core income growth of 10.5% to £291.0 million (2016: £263.3 million) was driven by discretionary funds growth of 17.4% 
(2016: 16.5%) and overall core funds growth of 15.4% (2016: 13.7%). With the Group’s continued focus on discretionary funds, 
core income now represents 95.6% (2016: 93.2%) of total income.

Income from direct discretionary private clients grew 6.3% as we continued to attract new funds and transfer existing clients into 
this service. Charities and corporates income grew in line with funds growth.

Income from our indirect discretionary business grew by 23.9% as a result of continued strong net funds inflows. MPS income  
grew strongly in the year to £5.3 million (2016: £2.9 million) as the business benefited from high levels of asset retention and 
record inflows.

Financial planning income increased by 18.9% to £20.8 million (2016: £17.5 million) reflecting the increased take up of our wealth 
management service. 

Total other income reduced by £5.6 million to £13.5 million (2016: £19.1 million) impacted by slowing but continued outflows from 
our advisory business, the loss of trail income and the continued low interest rate environment. 

Fees and commissions 
Core fee income grew by 15.7% to £207.9 million (2016: £179.7 million) in line with the growth in core funds. Core commission 
income declined by £3.8 million to £62.3 million (2016: £66.1 million) as a result of a marked decline in market volatility during  
the year compared to the second half of 2016.

Core fee income now represents over 71% of core income and has increased steadily from 48% in 2010 and 62% in 2013.

The split of fees and commissions is shown in the table below:

£m
Private clients
Charities & corporates 
Direct discretionary
Intermediaries 
MPS
Total discretionary
BPS
Execution only
Core income excluding  
financial planning

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

2017

Fees Commission
51.1
3.0
54.1
1.6
–
55.7
–
6.6

125.3
18.8
144.1
53.7
5.3
203.1
1.0
3.8

Total
176.4
21.8
198.2
55.3
5.3
258.8
1.0
10.4

2016

Fees Commission
54.7
3.1
57.8
1.9
–
59.7
–
6.4

111.2
16.6
127.8
44.1
2.9
174.8
0.9
4.0

Total
165.9
19.7
185.6
46.0
2.9
234.5
0.9
10.4

Change

Fees Commission
Total
-6.6%
6.3%
12.7%
-3.2% 10.7%
13.3%
12.8%
6.8%
-6.4%
21.8% -15.8% 20.2%
-% 82.8%
82.8%
-6.7% 10.4%
16.2%
-% 11.1%
11.1%
-%
-5.0%

3.1%

207.9

62.3

270.2

179.7

66.1

245.8

15.7%

-5.7%

9.9%

33

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Review continued

Income yield

(bps)
Private clients
Charities & corporates 
Direct discretionary
Intermediaries 
MPS
Total discretionary
BPS
Execution only
Advisory
Overall

2017

Fees Commission
28
7
24
2
–
17
–
19
13
17

69
43
64
72
28
64
70
11
33
57

Total
97
50
88
74
28
81
70
30
46
74

2016

Fees Commission
34
70
7
43
29
64
3
75
–
30
23
65
–
70
18
11
15
34
21
57

Total
104
50
93
78
30
88
70
29
49
78

Overall income yield declined to 74bps (2016: 78bps).

The overall blended yield across all our discretionary services declined to 81bps (2016: 88bps). This was a result of an increasing 
proportion of funds growth through our intermediaries channel and higher market levels moving direct discretionary private clients 
into lower priced fee bands. Reduced portfolio turnover rates lowered commission income and consequently the commission yield. 
This reflects more benign markets decreasing the need for portfolio rebalancing and a general increase in the use of collectives in 
client portfolios. 

On a discrete basis, the yield from our direct discretionary private client channel reduced to 97bps (2016: 104bps) primarily due to 
lower commission income. Charities and corporates income yield remained consistent with 2016 at 50bps.

Intermediaries yield fell to 74bps (2016: 78bps) as many intermediary relationships grew and became more material in the year.  
Our intermediaries clients benefited from lower priced volume based fee tiers. As a significant proportion of our intermediaries 
relationships are now on the most cost effective volume based tariff, we expect the overall yield from this business to remain 
broadly stable based on the current sources of inflows. The MPS income yield was 28bps (2016: 30bps) as a result of the 
introduction of lower priced passive products into the range. 

The yield on our execution only business increased to 30bps (2016: 29bps), this was primarily due to increased trading activity  
by our clients. The yield on our advisory business declined to 46bps (2016: 49bps), this was primarily due to a reduction in 
transactional commission income.

Adjusted PBT margin
The increase in the adjusted PBT margin to 23.0% in the year (2016: 21.6%) was driven by the growth in total income coupled with 
the ability of the Group to utilise existing capacity which delivered operational scale benefits. Further, the efficient use of existing 
capacity together with rising income levels resulted in our target of £75 million of discretionary funds per CF30 being achieved in the 
final quarter of 2017 (see page 25).

The fourth quarter adjusted PBT margin was 25%, in line with our target set in 2013. 

Costs
Total fixed operating costs increased by 5.2% to £182.0 million in the year (2016: £173.0 million) with staff costs accounting for 
approximately 75% of the increase.

Fixed staff costs 
Fixed staff costs increased by £6.7 million to £110.2 million (2016: £103.5 million) as a result of inflationary pay rises and higher cost 
of sales from the substantial increase in intermediary inflows compared to prior years. Headcount grew by a net 31 over the course 
of the year to 1,614 from 1,583 at the end of last year.

Other operating costs
Overall other operating cost increases were limited to 3.3%, increasing to £71.8 million (2016: £69.5 million). This was largely as a 
result of increases in premises costs following rent reviews and higher technology spend ensuring our systems and processes are 
ready for the adoption of MiFiD II. These increases were partially offset by further operational efficiencies and lower 
depreciation charges.

34 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Variable staff costs
Variable staff costs in the form of profit share increased by 7.8% to £52.5 million (2016: £48.7 million), in line with business 
performance. Profit share as a percentage of pre-profit share profit fell from 44.5% in 2016 to 42.8% in 2017 as a result of  
higher levels of deferrals and operational efficiency improvements. 

Exceptional items
Net exceptional costs of £5.7 million (2016: £4.6 million) were primarily due to the acquisition of DLAM which resulted in £3.0 million 
of transaction related and staff incentivisation costs. Redundancy costs, as a result of restructuring, declined materially from 
£2.7 million in 2016 to £0.7 million, as the period of major business rationalisation was largely concluded in the year. 

The onerous contract charge for the year was £2.0 million (2016: £0.3 million), of which £1.3 million related to the identification of 
onerous space available for subletting in our Newcastle office, following a review of space utilisation and subsequent reorganisation 
(see note 23 to the Financial Statements for further information). Furthermore, a subdued property market for prime office space in 
Edinburgh resulted in the previously identified onerous space not being sublet in line with our expectations; the onerous provision 
has been revised to reflect this.

Amortisation of client relationships
Amortisation of client relationships increased to £6.7 million (2016: £6.3 million), including £1.4 million for 4½ months’ amortisation 
of the client relationships acquired in the year, offset by a reduction in the amortisation of other previously acquired client 
relationships which have now reached the end of their amortisation periods.

Defined benefit pension scheme
The final salary pension scheme moved from a deficit of £7.0 million to a surplus of £4.5 million in the year resulting in an actuarial 
gain of £8.6 million being recognised (2016: £7.0 million loss). 

Under IAS 19, large annual fluctuations can occur. The swing to a surplus has largely been driven by an increase in the discount 
rate, reflecting a rebound in the level of corporate bond yields from their near low point at the end of September 2016. This served 
to decrease the present value of liabilities that were significantly higher at 30 September 2016 than in the recent past; this was 
partially offset by an increase in the inflation assumption from 3.1% to 3.3% per annum. Changes to post retirement mortality 
assumptions, members transferring the value of their benefits out of the scheme and cash contributions to the scheme have also 
contributed to the movement.

The Group continues to make contributions of £3.0 million per annum, as part of the funding plan agreed with the trustees of the 
Group’s Defined Benefit Pension Scheme (see note 18 to the Financial Statements).

Dividend
The Group’s dividend policy is set out in the Chairman’s Statement, see page 15.

In determining the level of dividend in any year, the Board considers a number of factors including: the level of distributable reserves; 
the future cash commitments and investment needs to sustain the long-term growth of the Group; the level of dividend cover;  
and anticipated regulatory capital requirements.

The Company is the parent company of the Group and is a non-trading investment holding company. It derives its distributable 
reserves from dividends received from its subsidiaries, of which Brewin Dolphin Limited is the principal operating subsidiary.  
Before any interim or final dividends are proposed by the Board it satisfies itself that there will be sufficient distributable reserves in 
the Company at the respective payment dates.

The distributable reserves of the Company, comprise £38.4 million of the merger reserve (see note 26 to the Financial Statements) 
and the majority of the balance on the profit and loss reserve. 

The Group is well positioned to continue funding dividend payments in accordance with its policy. The ability of the Board to 
maintain future dividends will be influenced by a number of the principal risks identified on pages 28 to 29 that could adversely 
impact the performance of the Group. 

Furthermore, with the current cash resources available to the Group we continue to be well positioned to support our strategy. 
Further details of the Group’s cash flow can be found below; details of its continuing viability and going concern are both  
on page 37. The majority of the cash resources are held by the principal operating subsidiary Brewin Dolphin Limited.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

35

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Review continued

Capital resources and regulatory capital
The Group’s financial position remains strong with net assets increasing to £262.6 million at 30 September 2017 
(2016: £242.8 million), primarily as a result of good profit retention and the actuarial gain on the defined benefit pension scheme. 
Tangible net assets (net assets excluding intangibles) are £166.8 million (2016: £161.8 million).

At 30 September 2017, the Group had regulatory capital resources of £165.2 million (2016: £164.0 million), see note 28  
to the Financial Statements. 

The Group’s primary regulator is the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’). The FCA rules determine the calculation of the Group’s 
regulatory capital resources and regulatory capital requirements. As required under FCA rules, we perform an Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’) which includes performing a range of stress tests to determine the appropriate level of 
regulatory capital that the Group needs to hold.

The Group’s Pillar III disclosures are published annually on our website and provide further details about regulatory capital resources 
and requirements.

Cash flow and capital expenditure
The Group had a small cash outflow for the period of £0.9 million (2016: £20.5 million inflow) after paying £25.5 million for the 
DLAM acquisition, financed entirely from its cash reserves. This resulted in total net cash balances of £170.0 million as at 
30 September 2017 (2016: £170.8 million).

Adjusted EBITDA (see table below) was £85.2 million (2016: £75.6 million), 12.7% higher, the increase being in line with  
adjusted PBT growth for the year. £3.0 million was contributed to the defined benefit pension scheme (2016: £3.0 million).  
Capital expenditure of £2.0 million was significantly lower than previous periods (2016: £6.4 million), resulting from lower 
capitalisation of software due to the nature of IT developments.

Cash outflow for own share ‘matching’ purchases in the period comprised £5.6 million (2016: £6.7 million) for the Deferred Profit 
Share Plan and Equity Award Plan, to match the awards made in 2016. All past awards are fully matched. £0.2 million 
(2016: £0.2 million) of shares were purchased for the Share Incentive Plan (see note 29 to the Financial Statements). £0.5 million 
was received from shares issued in the period in relation to Approved Share Options (2016: £0.4 million).

Dividends paid in the period increased by 11.6% to £36.6 million (2016: £32.8 million).

Adjusted profit before tax 
Finance income and costs 
Adjusted operating profit 
Share-based payments 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Pension funding 
Capital expenditure 
Proceeds on disposal of trading investments 
Working capital 
Interest and taxation 
Acquisition of subsidiary 
Exceptional items 
Acquisition costs 
Discontinued operations 
Shares purchased and disposed of 
Shares issued for cash 
Cash flow pre-dividends 
Dividends paid 
Cash flow 
Opening cash 
Exchange and other non-cash movements 
Closing cash 

36 

2017 
£m
 70.0 
 – 
 70.0 
 8.1 
 7.1 
 85.2 
(3.0)
(2.0)
 1.1 
(1.0)
(9.7)
 (25.5)
(2.2)
(1.7)
(0.2)
(5.8)
 0.5 
 35.7 
 (36.6)
(0.9)
 170.8 
 0.1 
 170.0 

2016 
£m
 61.0 
(0.3)
 60.7 
 8.4 
 6.5 
 75.6 
(3.0)
(6.4)
 – 
(0.6)
(8.5)
 – 
(3.1)
 – 
 5.8 
(6.9)
 0.4 
 53.3 
 (32.8)
 20.5 
 149.8 
 0.5 
 170.8 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, performance and position, together with the factors likely to affect its future development  
are set out in the Chairman’s Statement, Strategic Report and Risk Committee Report. 

The Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its 
financial instruments and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk are described in note 28 to the Financial Statements.

The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. The Group’s forecasts and 
projections, taking account of possible adverse changes in trading performance, show that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis 
for the preparation of the Financial Statements. In forming their view, the Directors have considered the Group’s prospects for a 
period exceeding 12 months from the date the Financial Statements are approved.

Viability Statement 
The Directors have assessed the outlook of the Company over a longer period than the 12 months required by the going concern 
statement in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The assessment is based on the Group’s Medium Term Plan (‘MTP’), the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’) 
and the evaluation of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties (see page 28), including those risks that could threaten its 
business model, future performance or solvency.

The Group maintains a five-year MTP as part of its corporate planning process, which is a financial articulation of the Group’s 
strategy. The financial forecasting model is predicated on a detailed year-one budget and higher level forecasts for years two to five.

As a matter of good practice and as part of the ICAAP required by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’), the firm performs a 
range of stress tests including reverse stress tests. These assess the Group’s ability to withstand a market-wide stress, a Group-
specific (idiosyncratic) stress and a combined stress taking into account both market-wide and Group-specific events. The stress 
tests are derived through discussions with senior management, after considering the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the 
Group, and the scenarios involved are refreshed on a regular basis to ensure they remain current.

The stress tests enable the Group to model the impact of a variety of external and internal events on the MTP; to identify the 
potential impact of stress events on the Group’s income, costs, cash flow and capital; and the Board to assess the effectiveness of 
any management actions that may be taken to mitigate the impact of the stress events.

The reverse stress tests allow the Board to assess scenarios and circumstances that would render its business model unviable. 
This enables the identification of potential business vulnerabilities and the development of potentially mitigating actions.

During the year the Group has continued to evaluate the potential risks and opportunities of the UK leaving the European Union. 
Although there remains limited clarity on the final outcome of the negotiations, a range of potential scenarios have been considered 
and the potential impacts on our clients, the Group and the wider industry have been assessed. This analysis does not present any 
reason to believe the Group will not remain viable over the long-term. The Group will continue to engage with industry bodies, 
regulators and clients to further understand these impacts and manage the associated risks.

Following the assessment of the above, the Board concluded that the Viability Statement should cover a period of five years.  
While the Directors have no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer period, this period has been chosen to 
be consistent with the MTP used as part of the Group’s corporate planning process.

Taking account of the Group’s current position and principal risks and the Board’s assessment of the Company’s prospects,  
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over a period of at least five years.

Andrew Westenberger
Finance Director

28 November 2017

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate Responsibility

Employee engagement drives  
value for all stakeholders

The importance of engagement
It is widely recognised that an organisation whose employees 
are engaged with its purpose and culture will perform better 
than others, and create value for clients and shareholders.  
This is because engaged employees feel a strong connection 
with their employer and believe their work is important.

This is certainly what we believe. For us, engagement has a 
strong role to play in helping our people be as good as they 
possibly can be, and this underpins a superior business 
performance. At Brewin Dolphin, our Human Resources (‘HR’) 
function and Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’) activities are both 
recognised as powerful builders of engagement.

Our rising engagement score
It is very important to us that we understand our engagement 
performance. In 2017, we commissioned an employee 
engagement survey for the third successive year. Once again, 
this is proving to be an active tool that helps us listen to our 
people, understand what they want and focus on improvement.

This year’s survey demonstrated that this approach is working. 
It showed a rise in the Brewin Dolphin engagement score,  
up by four percentage points (‘pp’) on last year’s very strong 
result to 82%. This is well ahead of the financial services 
industry benchmark of 76%, and continues the year-on-year 
improvement that we’ve seen since the survey’s initial launch.

Every office identifies local initiatives that can make a positive 
impact on the workplace. Taking the rich data the survey provides 
we also focus on a number of Group-wide work streams. 
Satisfaction with internal communication, for example, rose by  
14 pp, while that for learning and development rose by eight pp. 
This is especially good to see, as these are the two key areas in 
which HR can most directly improve employee engagement.

These were not the biggest rises, however – working with our 
colleagues across our Business Support function saw their overall 
engagement score rise from 67% to 80% (13 pp). The employee 
participation rate in the 2017 engagement survey, meanwhile, was 
88%. This is an exceptional level of participation by any standards, 
and we see it as an endorsement of the actions we have taken 
following past surveys.

Culture and engagement
We continue to nurture and strengthen the elements of our 
culture that we believe will engage our people and drive the best 
possible service for our clients.

From both an internal and external perspective, our brand 
values are key features of our culture. This is why in 2016 we 
involved employees, clients and prospective clients in identifying 
our three core values of:

 – Genuine: heartfelt advice, delivered by people who care

 – Expert: skillfully facilitating important decisions

 – Ambitious: making more of life’s opportunities

During 2017, we focused attention on embedding these values 
throughout the organisation. In particular, they have become key 
factors in our performance management and promotion 
processes. They have also provided the platform for the newly 
launched Brewin Dolphin People Awards, in which employees 
nominate colleagues for their exceptional qualities in these 
three areas.

The values also reflect Brewin Dolphin’s cultural desire to do 
what is right, which is echoed in how we treat our clients, our 
employees and our communities. In particular, they run through 
all our ‘people’ processes, covering performance, talent and 
development, ensuring that ‘how’ we do things is at least as 
important as ‘what’ we do.

Driving diversity and inclusion
Our ongoing commitment to Diversity and Inclusion (‘D&I’) 
continued during 2017, focusing on issues wider than gender 
and ethnicity to help us ensure that we attract the very best 
talent we can find and enable all our people to perform to the 
best of their ability. This approach enables Brewin Dolphin’s 
people to benefit our clients, our business and society as a 
whole, as well as themselves.

During the year, the D&I Committee was reinvigorated to 
broaden the scope of the issues that we address. Specific 
actions included joining the City of London Mental Health 
Alliance, a self-help group aiming to eliminate the stigma 
surrounding the subject.

We also started to work with the ‘Outstanding’ LGBT business 
network, with employees participating in their mentoring 
programme as mentors and mentees.

In addition, we joined the Business Disability Forum, which aims to 
open up visibility around the issues of disability in the workplace.

All these organisations, and more, were identified as offering 
opportunities for interaction, as they gain from the contributions 
of our people as much as we do from theirs.

Last year, we reported on the unconscious bias training initiative 
we ran across the organisation. In 2017, we took this a stage 
further, addressing all our recruitment literature and selection 
processes to reduce unconscious bias and attract the broadest 
range of candidates.

During the year, we hired 208 new employees across the 
organisation. In seeking the best candidates, we are delighted 
that more than half (53%) of these hires have been female.

38 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Janet Barrett, winner in the CR 
category at the Brewin Dolphin 
People Awards, raised 
thousands of pounds by selling 
knitted chicks for a 
cancer charity.

For more information 
https://www.brewin.co.uk

The ‘Women @ Brewin’ initiative that we announced last year 
has continued to grow in scale and positive impact. It enables 
our employees to meet and discuss career issues with 
successful female role models, both from our Board and from 
outside the organisation. High-profile external participants in the 
programme during 2017 included Heather Hanbury, 
headmistress of the Lady Eleanor Holles School, and Ebru 
Köksal, a leading figure in global football.

Learning, development and talent
During 2017, we ran a wide range of internal and external 
initiatives designed to improve the skills and personal 
development of our employees, and to identify the best talent of 
the future. In this way, we aim to attract and retain the best 
people to achieve competitive advantage by delivering a 
superior quality of service.

Our internal development programmes addressed every level of 
the Group. For example, we developed in-house a fully bespoke 
Executive Leadership Programme that aims to prepare those 
individuals identified with the appropriate talent to reach and 
perform strongly at the highest levels of the organisation. This 
year-long programme took into account our growth strategy 
and aspirations, using the input of psychologists and one-to-
one feedback to ensure it matched our organisational needs as 
well as the personal requirements of the 13 participants.

At the other end of the scale, we also launched the Financial 
Planning Academy, a Government-approved apprentice 
scheme aiming to achieve social good as well as providing us 
with a sustainable pipeline of planning talent. In this first year, 16 
individuals from diverse backgrounds, aged 22 to 47, 
participated with the aim of becoming para-planners. 
Encouragingly, half of these were female.

We also continued the programmes mentioned in the 2016 
report. These included the business apprenticeship programme 
we launched in 2016 in our Newcastle-upon-Tyne office. This is 
now fully embedded, and is operating on a six-month cycle. Our 
emerging talent programme also continued at the expanded 
level we announced last year, with 30 graduates participating 
this time.

Driving new efficiencies in HR
Our new HR system was fully integrated during the year.  
It enables our people to find all HR-related materials, from 
performance management data to holiday dates, more efficiently.

We also introduced the use of LinkedIn to our recruitment 
programmes, enabling us to develop direct relationships with 
candidates and drive down our spend with agencies.

Tax strategy
Our tax strategy, as published on our website, outlines our 
governance arrangements, our approach to tax risk and tax 
planning, and how we interact with tax authorities. We manage 
tax risk within our Group wide risk management and governance 
framework where we operate an industry standard ‘three lines of 
defence’ model. As befits our operating structure and 
straightforward business model, our appetite for tax risk is low.

While we are mindful to run our business in a cost effective 
manner in line with our obligations to our shareholders, we do 
not participate in aggressive tax planning or condone abusive 
tax practices which would contravene our ethics and culture.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate Responsibility continued

We use legitimate tax reliefs for the purpose they were intended 
and aim to pay the right amount of tax in the territories in which 
we operate. We believe in fostering professional working 
relationships with HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) and other 
tax authorities and we work with industry bodies and HMRC 
supporting initiatives to reduce complexity and unintended 
commercial consequences in the development of tax legislation.

Our Corporate Responsibility activities
This was an outstanding year for CR at Brewin Dolphin. The further 
development of our strategy and twice-yearly updates to the Board 
have ensured that issues involving CR are of increasing importance 
to our people at every level of the organisation.

As a result, CR activities become more directly connected to 
our values, particularly the ‘genuine’ aspect, which is 
underpinned by the authenticity of our people’s commitment to 
supporting good causes.

This growing importance is borne out by the findings of our 
2017 engagement survey. Last year, we were delighted to be 
shortlisted for a major national award on the strength of a 34% 
rise to 78% in the importance of CR to our people. This year, 
that score rose again to 85% – a full 20 percentage points 
ahead of the national benchmark for the financial 
services industry.

Significant progress has been made since 2015, which was 
when we commenced an intensified strategic focus on CR.  
This has seen us bring together a number of previously 
disparate corporate-level initiatives in an integrated fashion 
under the same management structure.

These include:

 – Volunteering Day: every employee is entitled to one paid day 
each year to volunteer for a good cause in the community, 
either singly or as part of a team. In the year 2016/17, our 
people had volunteered for more than 3,000 hours. With 
around 25% of employees participating, this is gathering 
momentum from a standing start in 2015. Looking ahead to 
2020, our target is for 40% of employees to volunteer each 
year for the cause of their choice.

 – Payroll Giving: all of our employees get the chance to 

contribute to charity directly from their pre-tax salary. The 
numbers choosing to do so increased by a third this year. 
Brewin Dolphin matches donations by up to £20 every 
month. As a result of our people’s efforts, we received the 
government-supported Payroll Giving Quality Mark Gold 
Award for the second successive year.

 – Fundraising Matching: every employee can claim a £100 

donation from Brewin Dolphin for their chosen cause if they 
raise over £100, or £200 if they raise more than £1,000. In 
2017, 170 employees collectively raised £136,000, with 
£19,500 in match-funding.

 – Small Grants: employees can nominate a small local charity 

for a grant of up to £1,000. In the year 2016/17 over £20,000 
was donated to 25 charities.

Our offices have continued to be active in their communities 
through sponsorship of events such as local literary and flower 
festivals as well as charitable sporting events.

Children at one of  
our partnership events

40 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
These initiatives are complemented by a number of key corporate 
partnerships with charities or non-profit social enterprises whose 
work is aligned with our purpose of creating access to 
opportunity. We have deliberately selected small-to-medium-sized 
partners so that our input and financial support can make an 
important positive difference to them.

These partnerships are with Enabling Enterprise and Dress for 
Success Dublin, which promotes economic independence 
for women.

Preparing for the world of work
We believe that providing work experience is a highly effective 
way of improving opportunities for young people, and this belief 
drove much of our CR activity during the year.

For example, we participated alongside other employers in the 
‘Capital Experience’ initiative, run by the national Career Ready 
charity which prepares young people for a life in work. We ran 
networking and Q&A sessions for groups of participating school 
students from across the UK, many of whom were visiting 
London for the first time.

We further developed our Brewin Dolphin Career Workshops 
during 2017, in which 18 school students aged 16 – 18 joined 
us for a week-long programme designed to help them 
experience the reality of office life. This included a series of 
seminars and presentations on areas ranging from marketing  
to HR. Participants included pupils from an inner-city school in 
London, as well as several young people who applied via the 
Brewin Dolphin website.

We have also become the first business partner for the Winning 
Scotland Foundation, an independent charity that uses the 
inspiration of successful sportspeople to help children and young 
people learn important life skills. With a particular focus on the 
‘growth mindset’, it aims to create a generation of young people 
who can achieve their personal best. Our focus in this first year 
was on identifying where we can best support the charity’s goals.

We are always keen to look for opportunities to work with young 
people across our wide network of offices, and this year we ran 
a series of day-long sessions on career preparation for sixth 
form students from Gateshead.

Environmental activities
At Brewin Dolphin, our main environmental impacts are through 
largely UK-based travel and the consumption of resources and 
emissions at the buildings in our branch network. We do all we 
can to reduce any such impacts through sensible policies and 
initiatives including Green IT and recycling programmes. Please 
see page 72 for our full environmental statement.

Supplier initiatives
Even though we are largely UK based, we are aware of the  
risks associated with a supply chain that crosses borders, 
potentially into nations where employee rights do not match our 
own standards. We take our responsibilities very seriously in this  
area and are taking those actions necessary to understand our 
supply-chain and carry out any required remedial activities  
that we identify.

Skills, experience and aspirations for success

Our national partnership with Enabling Enterprise has developed further this year. 

We have hosted students taking part in their school 
programmes at a growing number of offices, including those in 
Nottingham, Leeds, Birmingham, Manchester and London. 
Over the course of the year, 375 students worked with over 50 
of our employee volunteers.

“A fantastic Enabling Enterprise day, when the children 
thoroughly enjoyed using their problem-solving skills to trade 
on the stock market! All of the children shared ideas effectively 
and demonstrated great teamwork skills throughout the day.” 
Teacher, Gilbertstone Primary School

Enabling Enterprise’s vision is that one day every student will 
leave school equipped with the skills, workplace experience 
and aspirations they need to succeed. From a single 
classroom in 2009, Enabling Enterprise now works with over 
85,000 students each year and provides training and support 
to more than 3,400 teachers.

One school, Gilbertstone Primary in Yardley, Birmingham is 
starting its fourth year of working with Enabling Enterprise. In 
June 2017, 20 Year 5 students visited Brewin Dolphin’s office 
in the city as part of their Enabling Enterprise programme.

“A great day! The children were fantastic; they had such good 
questions and worked really well in their teams to achieve a 
great outcome for their client.”  
Volunteer, Brewin Dolphin

“I have enjoyed learning about the stock market – something 
we have never done before.”  
Student, Gilbertstone Primary School

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

41

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBoard of Directors

Creating sustainable value for 
the benefit of our shareholders

Chairman

Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

N

R

E

D

E

D

N

A

RK

Simon Miller
Chairman

David Nicol, CA, Chartered FCSI
Chief Executive

Andrew Westenberger, FCA
Finance Director

Kath Cates
Senior Independent Director

Andrew Westenberger joined 
the Board in January 2013. 
He was group finance director 
of Evolution Group PLC from 
2009 until August 2011 and a 
director of its principal 
subsidiary, Williams de Broe 
Limited. Andrew qualified as a 
chartered accountant with 
Coopers & Lybrand. From 
2000 to 2008, he held various 
senior finance roles in London 
and New York with Barclays 
Capital. He is a non-executive 
director of the Chartered 
Institute of Securities and 
Investments and was 
appointed as a non-executive 
director of Schroder UK 
Growth Fund plc in May 2017.

Kath Cates was appointed  
as a Non-Executive Director  
on 18 December 2014  
and became Chair of the  
Risk Committee on 
1 September 2015. At the 
February 2017 AGM, she was 
appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director. Kath has 
over 20 years’ experience in 
international financial services, 
latterly as chief operating 
officer, wholesale banking for 
Standard Chartered Bank. She 
is currently a non-executive 
director and chair of the risk 
committee for RSA Insurance 
Group plc and a non-executive 
director of Threadneedle 
Investment Services Limited.

Simon Miller was appointed 
Chairman in March 2013.  
He joined the Board in 2005 
and became Deputy 
Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director in 2012. 
He read law at Cambridge 
and was called to the Bar.  
He subsequently worked for 
Lazard Brothers and County 
NatWest. He is also chairman 
of Blackrock North American 
Income Trust PLC and 
JPMorgan Global Convertibles 
Income Fund and a non-
executive director of STV.

David Nicol joined the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director in 
March 2012 and was 
subsequently appointed Chief 
Executive in March 2013.  
He trained and qualified in 
1980 as a chartered 
accountant with EY and spent 
two years working for KPMG 
in Hong Kong. He joined 
Morgan Stanley in 1984, 
where he worked for 26 years 
in a number of operations and 
finance roles. He was a 
director and CAO of Morgan 
Stanley International PLC from 
2004 to 2010. David was a 
non-executive director of 
Euroclear plc from 1998 to 
2010 and was on the board  
of the Chartered Institute of 
Securities and Investments 
until September 2015. He is 
on the Council of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants of 
Scotland and is chairman of 
the appointment committee  
of the Hermes Property 
Unit Trust.

42 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Key to our 
committees
A   Member of the  
Audit Committee

N   Member of the  

Nomination Committee

R   Member of the  

Remuneration Committee

RK   Member of the  
Risk Committee

D   Member of the  

Disclosure Committee

E   Member of the 

Executive Committee

  Denotes Committee Chairman

RK

R

N

A

R

N

A

RK

R

Paul Wilson
Non-Executive Director

Caroline Taylor
Non-Executive Director

Ian Dewar, FCA
Non-Executive Director

Paul Wilson was appointed as 
a Non-Executive Director in 
December 2013. Paul has 
over 25 years’ experience of 
the financial services industry. 
Until February 2014, he was 
an advisory partner at Bain & 
Company, previously being 
responsible for their financial 
services practice. Paul is the 
senior independent director of 
XL Catlin UK and chair of their 
risk and reserving committee. 
He is also CEO of the World 
Platinum Investment Council 
and is a group board 
independent director at 
Unigestion Holding SA, based 
in Geneva. Paul is chairman of 
Action Against Hunger (UK). 
He holds an MBA from 
Harvard Business School.

Caroline Taylor was appointed 
as a Non-Executive Director in 
May 2014 and is the Non-
Executive Board member 
responsible for Corporate 
Responsibility within Brewin 
Dolphin. Caroline has over 25 
years’ experience in the 
financial services sector with a 
strong background in 
investment management and 
in-depth knowledge of all 
aspects of investment 
management operations, 
compliance and legal issues. 
Caroline was a director of 
Goldman Sachs Asset 
Management International 
from 2005 to 2012 and is 
currently a non-executive 
director of Ecclesiastical 
Insurance Office PLC.

Ian Dewar was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director in 
November 2013. He retired 
from KPMG in 2012 after a 
32-year career, including 19 
years as a partner. During that 
time, he performed a wide 
variety of roles, both within 
KPMG and as a non-executive 
trustee in the charity sector.  
An accountant by training, his 
experience has been in audit, 
advisory, client relationship and 
practice management roles. 
He has spent the last 28 years 
working in the financial services 
sector. Ian is a non-executive 
director of Manchester Building 
Society, Arbuthnot Banking 
Group PLC and The 
Aldenham Foundation.

Length of tenure of Directors 
at 30 September 2017

Balance of Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors at 
30 September 2017

Balance of male and female 
Directors at 30 September 2017

1

1

1

0-3 years
3-6 years
Over 6 years 

4

2

2

Chairman
Executive
Independent 
Non-Executive

5

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

Male
Female 

5

43

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChairman’s Introduction to Governance

Following last year’s review of our leadership pipeline, we have 
strengthened our emphasis on developing talent at every level 
of the organisation. Exemplifying this approach at one end of 
the spectrum was the launch during the year of an apprentice 
scheme, the Brewin Dolphin Financial Planning Academy.  
At the other, we created and introduced an Executive 
Leadership Programme which aims to equip those who have 
been identified as future leaders of the business with the 
necessary skills to enable their development. Further information 
on both initiatives can be found on page 39.

Improving engagement
For the third year in a row, we have undertaken an all employee 
engagement survey across the organisation. For the second 
successive time, this has shown substantial improvements in 
engagement under almost every measure.

These results enable the Board and senior management to 
understand and act on those areas of the business where there 
is room for improvement. The Board was pleased this year to 
see significant growth in employee satisfaction with our 
career-development and internal communications programmes, 
two areas on which we have focused considerable attention. 
See page 38 for more information.

We believe that the engagement survey enables Brewin Dolphin 
to create, sustain and improve the working environment.

Board effectiveness
In last year’s Annual Report, I said that there would be an 
externally facilitated performance evaluation during 2017.  
We appointed the London-based corporate advisory firm, 
Lintstock Ltd (‘Lintstock’), to carry this out. We have 
subsequently engaged them to work with us for a three-year 
period. See page 47 for more information.

The next few pages contain our Corporate Governance 
Statement and detailed reports from our Board Committees.

Simon Miller
Chairman

28 November 2017

Corporate values  
at the heart of 
governance

Chairman’s overview
We rely on our values to guide how we govern ourselves at 
every level of the organisation. By doing so, we make every 
effort to behave as our clients, employees, shareholders and 
regulators would expect.

We apply good practice to all aspects of Board leadership and 
governance, just as we do to providing clients with the best 
possible financial advisory and portfolio-management services.

As a result, the desire to behave ethically and act for the benefit 
of clients, employees and shareholders is firmly entrenched in 
our culture at every level of the organisation. Brewin Dolphin’s 
values – Genuine, Expert and Ambitious – provide the 
foundations of our approach to governance.

In this brief introduction to corporate governance at Brewin Dolphin 
we highlight some of the Board’s most significant actions and 
initiatives taken during 2017. These are designed to ensure our 
growth strategy is driven by our culture and values.

Leadership for growth
During the year, we continued to ensure that the Board 
collectively has the skills and experience to guide and advise 
our executive management as they pursue an ambitious 
growth strategy.

At our AGM in February 2017, Kath Cates became our Senior 
Independent Director. This followed the retirement of Angela 
Knight, who served the Board with great distinction for 
nine years.

As announced on 15 November 2017, Mike Kellard will join the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 
1 December 2017. Mike has over 25 years’ experience in the 
life, pensions and wealth management markets and we look 
forward to his contribution. We continue the search for an 
additional Non-Executive Director with experience to 
complement the Board’s existing skill set.

Effective succession planning ensures that we can identify and 
develop those individuals with the talent, cultural awareness and 
ambition to assume senior positions.

44 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Corporate Governance Report

Leadership
The Board has a majority of independent Non-Executive Directors. Further information on the Directors’ range of skills and expertise 
can be found on pages 42 and 43. In order for the Directors to discharge their responsibilities as set out in the Matters Reserved for 
the Board, the Board meets at least eight times a year (a full list of Matters Reserved for the Board can be found on our website).  
In addition to this, the Board attends a strategy day to discuss in depth the Group’s direction with executive management. 

Key areas of discussion that took place during the year:

Routine
 – Reports from the Chief Executive

 – Reports from the Finance Director

Non-routine
 – People strategy

 – Corporate Responsibility strategy

 – Reports from the Group Risk & Compliance Director

 – Duncan Lawrie Asset Management Limited (‘DLAM’) 

 – Group strategy review

 – Broker reports on shareholder feedback

 – Medium-term plan and ICAAP

 – Board and Committee evaluations

 – Management presentations

 – Training

acquisition

 – Deep dive on Investment Governance

Board composition and roles
The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Group, in accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, there is a clear division of roles and responsibilities as shown below:

Chairman
 – Provides leadership to the Board, promoting constructive 

Chief Executive
 – Provides leadership to the Group.

debate and challenge between the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors.

 – Ensures that there is good information flow to the Board, 

and from the Board to its key stakeholders.

 – Supports and advises the Chief Executive, particularly in 

the development of strategy.

 – Builds an effective and complementary Board, regularly 
considering its composition and balance, diversity and 
succession planning.

 – Develops strategy proposals for recommendation to the 
Board and is accountable for business performance.

 – Maintains a dialogue with the Chairman on all important 

matters and strategic issues facing the Group.

 – Ensures that there is an effective framework of internal 

controls, including risk management, covering all 
business activities.

 – Ensures that the Board is fully informed of all key matters.

Finance Director
 – Supports the Chief Executive in 
developing and implementing 
strategy.

 – Oversees the financial delivery and 
performance of the Group and 
provides insightful financial analysis 
that informs key decision making.

 – Leads investor relations activities and 

communication with investors 
alongside the Chief Executive.

 – Works with the Chief Executive to 

develop budgets and medium-term 
plans to support the agreed strategy.

Senior Independent Director
 – Acts as a sounding board for the 

Chairman and serves when required 
as an intermediary for the other 
Directors.

 – Meets with the Non-Executive 

Directors (without the Chairman 
present) at least annually and leads 
the Board in the ongoing monitoring 
and annual evaluation of the 
Chairman’s performance.

 – Available to meet with major 

shareholders and acts as a point of 
contact for shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

Independent Non-
Executive Directors
 – Constructively challenge management 
and decisions taken at Board level.

 – Oversee the performance of 

management in meeting agreed 
goals.

 – Support the Chairman and Executive 

Directors in instilling appropriate 
culture, values and behaviours in the 
boardroom and across the Group.

 – Challenge the adequacy and quality 

of information received prior to 
Board meetings.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

45

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate Governance Report continued

Governance Framework

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC
Board 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee

Audit Committee

Risk Committee

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to formal Board Committees whilst maintaining an appropriate level of oversight 
through regular reports from the Committee chairs. Further information on the individual committees’ composition and activities  
in the year can be found throughout this section of the Annual Report and Accounts.

Executive Committees
Responsibility for the Group’s day to day management is delegated to the Chief Executive, who chairs an Executive Committee. 
The purpose of this Committee is to support the Chief Executive in the implementation and formation of strategy, as well as 
overseeing the day to day running of the Group. Further, it agrees operational decisions that are otherwise not reserved for the 
Board. The Committee consists of eight members of senior management from different areas of the business and meets monthly.

There is a Disclosure Committee which is a delegated Committee of the Board. It focuses on discharging the Company’s duties in 
accordance with the EU Market Abuse Regulation. It comprises the Chief Executive, Finance Director, either the Group Risk and 
Compliance Director or the Head of Compliance (as alternate), and either the Company Secretary or Head of Legal (as alternate).

Effectiveness
Composition
A review of the Board composition is conducted by the Nomination Committee and since Angela Knight’s retirement at the 2017 
AGM, the Committee has been searching for potential Non-Executive Directors based on merit against objective criteria.  
More information on this search can be found in the Nomination Committee Report on page 48.

Induction of Directors
All new Directors receive a tailored induction programme designed to broaden their understanding of the Group’s operations, 
strategic aims and culture. This involves meetings with the Directors and members of the senior management team and the 
provision of any relevant training.

Time commitment
The expectation of the Non-Executive Directors’ time commitment is set out in their letters of appointment. Copies of which are 
available for inspection at the Company’s Registered Office and will also be available at the AGM. Their attendance, along with 
Executive Directors, at meetings during the year is set out in the table below.

Board and Committee attendance record

Member
Executive Director

David Nicol

Andrew Westenberger

Non-Executive Director
Simon Miller

Kath Cates1

Paul Wilson

Caroline Taylor

Ian Dewar

Angela Knight2

Independent

Board

Nomination 
Committee

Risk
Committee3

Audit
Committee3

Remuneration 
Committee

N

N

N

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

3/3

n/a

n/a

3/3

2/2

3/3

3/3

n/a

1/1

n/a

n/a

n/a

5/5

5/5

n/a

5/5

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

8/8

n/a

8/8

8/8

5/5

n/a

n/a

5/5

n/a

5/5

5/5

5/5

n/a

1.  Kath Cates was appointed as a member of the Nomination Committee following Angela Knight’s retirement.

2.  Angela Knight attended all meetings until her retirement at the 2017 AGM.

3.  The Risk Committee and the Audit Committee held one joint meeting during the year to discuss the ICAAP.

46 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Board has a policy in place for managing and, where 
appropriate, approving conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. 
All Directors are provided with an opportunity to disclose any 
changes in conflicts at the start of every meeting.

Independence of Directors
All Non-Executive Directors are considered to be independent in 
character and judgement and do not hold any positions that will 
conflict with their responsibilities with the Group.

Information flow
As part of the annual cycle, all Board Committees forward plan 
their agendas for the year to ensure that important issues are 
addressed. The Chairman of each Committee works closely 
with the Company Secretariat and other relevant members of 
senior management to agree areas of discussion or approval.

Board evaluations
The Board and its Committees undertake an annual evaluation 
of their performance. The appraisal process provides an 
opportunity for the Board to appraise its own effectiveness and 
identify areas of development as well as follow up on the actions 
raised from the previous review.

In 2017 Lintstock Ltd were appointed as a retained adviser, for 
a three year programme to facilitate Board evaluations and to 
provide continuity. Lintstock designed a set of questionnaires for 
this year’s review, focusing on areas of specific relevance to the 
Group. Topics included the composition of the Board and its 
Committees, board dynamics, risk management, strategy 
oversight, board efficiency, board training and priorities for 
change. It is intended that an interview exercise will be 
conducted next year followed by a questionnaire only approach 
in the final year.

Lintstock produced anonymised reports from the online 
questionnaires and these were discussed by the Board and its 
committees at their relevant meetings. Overall the results were 
positive and a number of actions were agreed. Progress against 
these actions will be reviewed during the year. Lintstock has no 
other connections to the Company.

Evaluation topic Action 
Board 
composition

Review of skills matrix to ensure the correct 
balance of skills and experience.

Continuing succession discussions for 
Executive, Non-Executive and senior 
management roles.
Improvements to be made to length and focus 
of Board papers. Improved clarity to avoid 
duplication between Board and Committee 
agendas.
Increased opportunities for Board members to 
meet with senior management and wider 
employee population to enhance challenge and 
improve evaluation.
Redesigned agendas to ensure more meeting 
time focused on strategy, mergers and 
acquisitions and other key issues.

Board 
support and 
efficiency

People

Strategic 
oversight

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

Director evaluation
During the year, the Chairman evaluated the performance of the 
Directors in one-to-one meetings and the Senior Independent 
Director evaluated the performance of the Chairman. It was 
confirmed that each Director continued to deliver the required 
commitment to their role and made an effective and valuable 
contribution to the Company.

Accountability
Please see pages 26 to 29 in the Strategic Report for an 
overview of the Group’s Principal Risks and Uncertainties and a 
description of the risk management framework.

Please see page 71 of the Directors’ report for a description of 
how the Board has discharged its responsibilities in relation to 
internal controls and risk management.

Shareholder relations
The Chairman, Chief Executive and Finance Director meet 
regularly with the Group’s major shareholders. The Chairman 
communicates the shareholder feedback at the following Board 
meeting. The Board also receives regular broker reports which 
detail shareholder feedback.

Following the release of our annual results, an analysts and 
investor presentation is held. The presentation is available on 
our website for those unable to attend.

This year’s AGM will be held in Haberdashers’ Hall, 18 West 
Smithfield, London EC1A 9HQ on 2 February 2018 at 11.30am. 
Further details can be found in the Notice of AGM, a copy  
of which can be found on the Company’s website  
(www.brewinmedia.co.uk/investor-relations).

UK Corporate Governance Code 
Compliance statement
We have complied with all principles and provisions of the 2016 
UK Corporate Governance Code (‘the Code’) throughout the 
financial year ended 30 September 2017. The Corporate 
Governance Statement and the cross referenced reports within 
set out our approach to applying the Code.

47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNomination Committee Report

Chairman’s overview
The main focus of the Nomination Committee is to consider  
the composition of the Board and to review and manage 
succession planning.

The Company has in place succession plans for the Board, and for 
senior management, to ensure there is the appropriate balance of 
skills and experience within the Board.

During the year we strengthened further our focus on 
developing talent throughout the Group. This included the 
launch of our Group Executive Leadership Programme, which 
draws upon our values to ensure its relevance to our growth 
strategy and culture.

Angela Knight retired at the AGM last year and Kath Cates 
became the Senior Independent Director. During the summer 
we commissioned external consultants to help identify non-
executive candidates and Mike Kellard will join the Board on 
1 December 2017. A copy of his biography will be included in 
the Notice of AGM. The external search consultancy retained  
by the Board in respect of the appointment of Mike Kellard was 
Odgers Berndtson, who have no connection to the Company. 
We are presently conducting a search for an additional non-
executive director and we have asked our external adviser to 
focus on candidates who will ensure that the Board continues 
to represent a diversity of views.

During the year there was an externally facilitated performance 
evaluation of the Board by a London based board consultancy, 
Lintstock. This evaluation looked at the workings of both the 
Board and the Board Committees and formed the basis for the 
annual Board appraisals. In overall terms the outcomes of these 
assessments confirmed that progress was being made.

Simon Miller
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

28 November 2017

Committee composition
The Committee comprises the Board Chairman, Simon 
Miller, and three independent Non-Executive Directors. 
The Chief Executive and Group Human Resources 
Director are standing attendees at Committee meetings; 
the Chief Executive will exclude himself from discussions 
relating to his own appointment. Angela Knight was a 
Committee member in her capacity as Senior 
Independent Director and was succeeded by Kath Cates 
during the year. Details of membership and attendance 
can be found on page 46.

The role of the Committee
The purpose of the Committee is to ensure that the 
Board retains an appropriate balance of skills to support 
the strategic objectives of the Group and that there are 
appropriate procedures in place for the nomination, 
selection, training and evaluation of Board members as 
well as to ensure that there is an effective framework for 
succession planning.

The responsibilities of the Committee are defined in the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, a copy of which can 
be found at www.brewinmedia.co.uk/investor-relations.

48 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Risk Committee Report

Chairman’s overview
The Committee’s key roles are to oversee the Group’s 
identification of its principal risks, the setting of risk appetite and 
to recommend these to the Board. The Committee provides 
oversight of the Group Risk Management Framework to ensure 
that the risks are appropriately managed within the Group.

During the year the Committee attended a risk workshop which 
was hosted by the Risk Management Committee, an Executive 
forum. At the meeting the current key risks were reviewed and 
discussed at length and in light of our strategy and risk appetite. 
Emerging risks were also discussed to determine whether any of 
these risks should now be considered as a key risk to the Group. 
The results of the risk workshop helped the Group to refresh and 
update its key risks. For further information please refer to the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on page 26.

The Committee regularly receives updates from management 
on risk management practices and this year particular areas of 
focus were IT risk, including change management and 
cyber risk.

The Committee also receives regular updates on regulatory 
changes, and how the Group plans and implements these to 
ensure compliance. Throughout the year special focus has been 
on MiFID II to ensure the Group is ready for the January 2018 
implementation date.

In addition, we continued to examine the key risks which are 
relevant to the Group’s strategic objectives.

Kath Cates
Chairman of the Risk Committee

28 November 2017

Committee composition
The Committee is made up of three independent 
Non-Executive Directors. There is cross-membership 
between the Committee and the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees to ensure that agendas are 
aligned and key information is appropriately shared 
across the Board Committees. The Chairman of the Risk 
Committee is also a member of the Audit Committee. 
Standing attendees at Committee meetings include the 
Chief Executive, Finance Director and the Group Risk & 
Compliance Director. Further details on membership and 
attendance can be found on page 46.

The role of the Committee
The purpose of the Committee is to provide oversight of 
the Risk Management Framework of the Group and 
assist the Board with its responsibilities for ensuring the 
integrity of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems.

The responsibilities of the Committee are outlined in the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, a copy of which can 
be found at www.brewinmedia.co.uk/investor-relations.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

49

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRisk Committee Report continued

Committee activities during the year

Risk Management and 
Investment Governance 
Frameworks
 – The Committee reviewed and 

challenged key components of the 
Risk Management Framework and 
monitored the implementation of the 
updated Investment Governance 
Framework, and enhancement to 
client money controls.

Regulatory change
 – The regulatory changes in relation to 
MiFID II, GDPR and SMCR and the 
implications they will have on the 
Group were assessed. The 
management responses to these 
were discussed to ensure the Group 
adopts the regulations and that the 
right behaviours will be embedded in 
the business.

16%

9%

Key risks
 – The Committee reviewed and 

recommended the risk appetite 
statements and tolerance for key 
risks to the Board. These were 
monitored on an ongoing basis to 
ensure they remained relevant and 
appropriate, adding any emerging 
risks if necessary.

 – In depth discussions on cyber risk 
and change management took 
place.

45%

Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process 
(‘ICAAP’)
 – The key components of the ICAAP 
were challenged in a six monthly 
review, exploring scenarios and 
stress tests to determine an 
appropriate regulatory capital 
requirement. This was at a joint 
meeting with the Audit Committee 
prior to recommendation to the 
Board.

24%

Training
 – Training sessions were held on the 

Performance evaluation
 – The Committee conducts a 

ICAAP and SMCR.

4%

performance evaluation every year 
and this year Lintstock distributed a 
questionnaire for anonymous 
completion to all Committee 
members and those executives who 
regularly attend the Committee’s 
meetings. The results were 
discussed by the Committee and 
helped to inform next year’s 
forward-looking agenda.

2%

50 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Audit Committee Report

Chairman’s overview
As an Audit Committee, our focus throughout the year has been 
on quality: the quality of our financial reporting, the quality  
of our internal and external audits and the quality of our 
control environment.

We have taken note of the various papers issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) during the year and remain 
committed to ensuring that our Financial Statements are ‘clear, 
balanced and understandable’. Our 2016 Financial Statements 
were subject to an in-depth review by the FRC and they had no 
points to raise. This year’s Financial Statements are built on that 
firm base and reflect both changes in reporting requirements 
and the changes in our business.

Our internal audit is outsourced to BDO and Christian Bellairs, 
our partner, reports to the Audit Committee. We have a 
comprehensive programme of internal audit work and the 
Committee follows up on the actions taken by management in 
response to issues raised. The Committee recently held a 
workshop with BDO to review areas of risk and to finalise the 
internal audit plan for 2018. BDO have now completed two 
years as our Internal Auditor and we have recently completed  
a comprehensive assessment of their effectiveness.

As I mentioned last year, the FRC’s Audit Quality Review team 
reviewed the audit of the 2015 Brewin Dolphin FInancial 
Statements as part of their 2015 annual inspection of audit 
firms. Following that review an action plan was agreed with 
Deloitte for changes to be made to the 2016 audit which 
included a change of partner. The 2016 audit was reviewed by 
the FRC and no matters arose from that review which required 
action. The Committee has also conducted a review of the 
effectiveness of the External Auditor and concluded that Deloitte 
LLP continues to provide an effective audit. It remains the 
intention of the Committee to hold a formal external audit tender 
during the course of Robert Topley’s (audit partner) five-year 
term. He has just completed his second year.

The Audit Committee has worked closely with the Risk 
Committee on key risks and the control environment,  
reviewing areas in depth and receiving reports on issues raised 
by all three lines of defence: the business, the Risk Department 
and Internal Audit. We monitor those issues and the timeliness 
and effectiveness in which they are dealt with by management. 
During the year the Committee has received an in-depth report 
on how revenue is recognised as well as a presentation on the 
effectiveness of controls in the Group’s new Order Management 
System. We took part in a whistleblowing training session 
during the year which was facilitated by our in-house  
Legal Department. The Committee approved a new 
Whistleblowing Policy during the year and training was  
provided to assist Committee members in discharging their 
duties under the policy.

Angela Knight stepped down from the Committee in  
February 2017 and I would like to thank her for her wise 
counsel, input and challenge at Committee meetings. I am also 
grateful for the enthusiasm and insight that Kath Cates and 
Caroline Taylor bring to the Committee.

Ian Dewar
Chairman of the Audit Committee

28 November 2017

Committee composition
The Committee comprises only independent Non-
Executive Directors. There is always a cross-
membership with the Risk Committee, to help ensure 
that agendas are aligned and key information is shared 
appropriately across the Board Committees. Further 
details on membership and attendance can be found on 
page 46. The Chief Executive, Finance Director and 
Group Risk & Compliance Director are invited to attend 
at the Committee’s request and, in addition, all Non-
Executive Directors including the Chairman are entitled 
to attend. The External Audit partner and our Internal 
Audit partner are standing attendees. We have 
considered the FRC requirement for the Committee to 
have competence relevant to the financial services 
sector and have concluded that the Committee as a 
whole satisfies this requirement.

Role and responsibilities
The Committee helps the Board meet its responsibilities 
for the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, 
including the effectiveness of its internal financial control 
system, and for monitoring the effectiveness and 
objectivity of the internal and external auditors.

The responsibilities of the Committee are outlined in the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, a copy of which can 
be found at www.brewinmedia.co.uk/investor-relations.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

51

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee Report continued

Committee activities during the year

Financial reporting
 – Reviewed the Annual Report and 

Accounts, the Interim Management 
Statements, the Half-Year Report and 
the investor presentation to ensure 
that, taken as a whole, they were fair, 
balanced and understandable and that 
they provided the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s performance, its business 
model and strategy.

 – Reviewed reports from the external 

auditor on both the Financial 
Statements; including the significant 
audit risks, areas of audit focus and the 
appropriateness of the significant 
management judgements used in 
preparing the accounts, and on the 
effectiveness of systems of internal 
financial control.

 – Reviewed reports from management on 
the preparation of the Annual Report 
and Accounts and the Half-Year Report, 
including both the key judgements and 
accounting policies followed in their 
preparation, as well as updates on 
changes to guidance regarding  
financial reporting.

 – Reviewed the Group’s going  
concern assumption and  
Viability Statement.

37%

ICAAP
 – Reviewed the ICAAP jointly with the 
Risk Committee. After review and 
challenge of the ICAAP and its key 
components, recommended its 
approval to the Board.

9%

Internal Audit
 – Assessed the effectiveness of the 
Internal Auditor and reviewed and 
approved the new internal audit 
plan for the year.

External Auditor
 – Approved the plan, terms of 

engagement and fees to be paid to 
the External Auditor for the audit of the 
30 September 2017 Annual Report.

 – Received internal audit reports, 
challenged the robustness of  
their findings and agreed 
appropriate actions.

 – Reviewed how issues identified 
for action, whether arising from 
internal audit reports or from 
internal control processes, are 
identified, progressed and 
reported; this ensures there is  
an effective framework for the 
management of issues within  
the Group.

21%

 – Assessed the independence, 

objectivity and effectiveness of the 
External Auditor.

 – Enforced the policy relating to 

non-audit services provided by the 
External Auditor and approved 
non-audit services in accordance 
with the policy which can be found 
on our website.

 – Reviewed a letter of recommendation 
from the External Auditor for improving 
the systems of internal control.

18%

Financial Crime
 – There was a formal report from the 

Group’s Money Laundering 
Reporting Officer on the operation 
and effectiveness of systems and 
controls relating to anti-money 
laundering (‘AML’) and the 
prevention of financial crime.

Control Oversight
 – Reviewed year-end reports providing 
assurance on the effectiveness and 
robustness of the Group’s system of 
internal controls.

 – The Committee conducted a deep 
dive on the controls around the 
Order Management System.

 – Participated in whistleblowing 

refresher training.

 – Maintained oversight of regulatory 

requirements.

6%

9%

52 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Performance evaluation
The evaluation of the Committee’s performance was captured as part of the wider, externally facilitated Board effectiveness review. 
The results of the Committee evaluation were discussed at the meeting in October 2017.

Ian Dewar met regularly during the year with the Board Chairman, Finance Director, Chief Executive, Head of Internal Audit  
and the external audit partner to review the Group’s governance processes and discuss the effectiveness of the internal and  
external audit functions.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty related to the Financial Statements
We reviewed the significant issues set out below in relation to the Group’s Financial Statements for the year ended 
30 September 2017. We discussed these issues with management at various stages during 2016/17 and during the preparation 
and approval of the Financial Statements. Having reviewed the presentations and reports from management, we are satisfied that 
the Financial Statements appropriately address the critical judgements and key estimates, in respect both of the amounts reported 
and the disclosures made. We also reviewed these issues with the auditors during the audit-planning process and at the conclusion 
of the year-end audit. We are satisfied that our conclusions in relation to these issues are in line with those drawn by the auditors.

Issue
Business combinations  
(see notes 4.a.i and 4.b.i to 
the Financial Statements)

Key considerations
Appropriate application of IFRS 
in relation to the acquisition of 
DLAM, specifically:

 – establishing whether the 
acquisition of DLAM 
constituted a business or a 
group of assets; and

 – establishing the fair value of all 
the assets/liabilities acquired 
in the business combination.

Impairment review of goodwill 
and client relationships, including 
the valuation assumptions  
used in the calculation of the  
fair value of the relevant 
cash-generating units.

Determination of the useful 
economic life of client 
relationships, which establishes 
the quantum of the amortisation 
expense.

Goodwill and client 
relationships (see note 4.b.ii 
to the Financial Statements)

Role of the Committee
We considered management’s 
proposed accounting treatment 
of the DLAM acquisition  
(see note 27 to the Financial 
Statements) including the 
determining factors with regard 
to whether the transaction 
should be accounted for as a 
business combination or as a 
purchase of a group of assets 
under IFRS 3 and we satisfied 
ourselves as to the fair value 
attributed to the client 
relationships shown in the 
Financial Statements as an 
intangible asset.

We satisfied ourselves as to the 
valuation assumptions used in 
the calculation of the fair value of 
the cash-generating units.

We considered the paper 
prepared by management on 
the average client tenure and 
useful economic life 
expectations.

Conclusion
We concluded firstly, that it was 
appropriate to account for the 
acquisition as a business 
combination given a separate 
legal entity was acquired and all 
of the value of the business was 
transferred and secondly, that the 
determination of the fair value of 
the assets was appropriate.

We concluded that the 
assumptions and judgements 
used were reasonable and that 
the carrying values of goodwill 
and client relationships in the 
financial statements were 
appropriate.

Assumptions underlying the 
calculation of the defined 
benefit pension scheme 
asset/liability (see note 4.b.iii 
to the Financial Statements)

Determination of the actuarial 
assumptions such as discount 
rate, the life expectancy of 
scheme members and the 
inflation rate used when 
calculating the defined benefit 
pension scheme asset/liability.

We considered management’s 
paper explaining the 
assumptions used in the 
calculation, the resulting impact 
on the Balance Sheet and the 
movement in the deficit during 
the period.

We concluded that the 
assumptions and judgements 
used in determining the defined 
benefit pension scheme asset 
were appropriate.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

53

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee Report continued

Issue
Likelihood of meeting 
performance conditions for 
the Long Term Incentive Plan 
(see note 4.b.iv to the 
Financial Statements)

Key considerations
Determining the likelihood of 
meeting the performance 
conditions which impact the 
quantum of the expense in the 
period.

Role of the Committee
We considered management’s 
paper explaining the 
assumptions for the likelihood of 
meeting the performance 
conditions.

Conclusion
We concluded that the 
assumptions used in calculating 
the expense were appropriate.

Assumptions underlying the 
estimation of the provision 
relating to onerous leases 
(see note 4.b.v to the 
Financial Statements)

Appropriate application of  
IFRS and underlying recognition 
principles.

Determining the best estimate of 
the likely cash flows and other 
assumptions.

We reviewed management’s 
paper explaining the assumptions 
and calculation methodologies 
applied in the determining 
provisions. This included ensuring 
that the provisions represent 
present obligations arising from 
past events.

We concluded that the 
provisions were appropriate and 
complete for obligations that 
existed at the year end. We also 
confirmed that there had been 
no new information following the 
year end that would result in an 
adjustment to the provision.

We satisfied ourselves that the 
procedures performed by 
management to identify the 
requirement for provisions were 
robust and comprehensive.

External Auditor
The Audit Committee is responsible for developing, implementing and monitoring the Group’s policy on external audit. The policy 
sets out the categories of any pre-approved non-audit services which the External Auditor is authorised to undertake. It also 
provides an approval process for the provision of any other non-audit services. This policy is available to view on the Investor 
Relations section of the Group’s website, under the Board Committees subsection.

The Board generally only uses the auditor for audit and related activities. If there is a business case to use the External Auditor to 
provide non-audit services, prior permission is required from the Committee. In such an instance, the Committee will review the 
proposal to ensure that it will not impact the auditor’s objectivity and independence. The majority of tax advisory and similar work  
is carried out by another major accountancy firm. An analysis of the auditor’s remuneration is provided in note 8 to the 
Financial Statements.

The Committee assesses the effectiveness of the External Auditor on an annual basis, taking account of the following factors:

Factor
The role of 
management
The audit partner

The audit team

The audit approach

The communications 
and formal reporting 
by the auditor
The independence and 
objectivity of the 
auditor

Assessment
That information provided by management to the External Auditor is timely and correct, that it has 
proper supporting papers and that accounting systems and internal controls work effectively.
The extent to which the partner demonstrates a strong understanding of the business, the industry  
and the challenges faced by the business. The length of time the partner acts as the lead  
engagement partner.
The extent to which the audit team understands the business and industry and is properly resourced 
and experienced.
That the audit approach is discussed with management, targets the significant issues early, is 
communicated properly, is appropriate for the business and industry and includes an appropriate level  
of materiality.

That management and the Committee are kept appropriately informed as the audit progresses and that 
the formal report is appropriate and contains all relevant material matters.

That the auditor complies with the FRC’s ethical standards, has the required degree of objectivity 
(including their arrangements to identify, report and manage any conflicts of interest), and that the overall 
extent of non-audit services provided by the External Auditor does not compromise independence.

The Committee is satisfied that Deloitte LLP has conducted an effective audit for the 2016/17 financial year. The Committee has 
therefore recommended to the Board that Deloitte be reappointed at the 2018 AGM.

The Committee has considered the Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’) and EU requirements for mandatory tendering and 
rotation of the audit firm. As previously stated, the Committee had previously intended to initiate a re-tendering process during 
2017/18 in line with the previous audit partner’s rotation. However, as we changed the audit partner during 2015/16, we did not 
believe that a re-tendering process would be beneficial during 2017/18. As stated last year, the intention remains to re-tender prior 
to the end of the Robert Topley’s five-year term. This will be kept under review and the Committee will use its regular reviews of 
auditor effectiveness to assess the most appropriate time for re-tendering during that period.

54 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
The Committee has considered the likelihood of the External Auditor withdrawing from the market and has noted that there  
are no contractual obligations to restrict the choice of replacement external auditor.

The External Auditor meets privately with the Committee at least twice a year without senior executive management being present 
and regularly with the Audit Committee Chairman.

Internal Audit
BDO was appointed Internal Auditor in January 2016. The Committee approves an internal audit plan at the start of the financial 
year and then receives quarterly reports on all internal audits. The plan is reviewed every six months to ensure it fully covers the 
Group’s key risks. The Committee appraises the Internal Auditor’s processes to determine the effectiveness of their findings.

Fair, balanced and understandable Report and Accounts
The Committee has performed a review of the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts to ensure that it is fair, balanced and 
understandable. What is meant by these terms, and the questions that the Committee considers as part of this review,  
are shown below:

Term: 
Fair

Description:
Not exhibiting any bias.

Questions:
Is the whole story being presented?

Reasonable or impartial.

Have any sensitive material areas been omitted?

Performed according to the rules.

Term: 
Understandable Having a meaning or nature that 

Description:

Questions:
Is there a clear and cohesive framework for the Annual Report?

can be understood.

Is the report written in accessible language?

Able to be accepted as normal.

Are the messages clearly drawn out?

Term: 
Balanced

Description:
Even-handed.

Taking account of all sides on their 
merits without prejudice or 
favouritism.

Questions:
Is there a good level of consistency between the front and back sections  
of the Annual Report?

Does the reader get the same message from reading the two sections 
independently?

Are the key judgements referred to in the narrative reports and the significant 
issues reported in the Audit Committee Report consistent with the 
disclosures of key estimates and uncertainties and critical judgements set 
out in the financial statements?

This report has been prepared in compliance with the CMA Order in relation to mandatory audit tendering and the responsibilities  
of the Audit Committee. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Performance for the 2014 LTIP grants has been assessed, 
covering the three financial years to September 2017.  
The targets set in 2014 were especially demanding; 16.2% of 
the award will vest. The number of shares that vested (net of 
tax) will be subject to a further two year holding period.

Although not an LTIP performance metric, it is worth noting  
the Group’s strong TSR performance. In the nine years to 
September 2017, Brewin Dolphin has delivered over 300% 
TSR, compared with just 55% for the FTSE All Share Index  
for the financial services sector.

LTIP awards to be granted in 2018 will be based on adjusted 
Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’) (50% weighting) and growth in 
discretionary net funds inflows (50% weighting), which are key 
drivers of growth and value creation for shareholders.

Other activities
During 2017, we have received updates on trends in executive 
pay in the wider market, forthcoming changes to corporate 
governance requirements and continued to keep abreast of  
the developing regulatory landscape in financial services.

We will also be reporting on the Gender Pay Gap, in 
accordance with regulatory requirements.

Paul Wilson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

28 November 2017

The role of the Committee
The purpose of the Committee is to exercise competent 
and independent judgement on remuneration policies 
and practices, and the incentives to manage risk, capital 
and liquidity as well as directly overseeing personal 
objectives, performance appraisal and individual 
compensation packages for the Chairman, Executive 
Directors, members of the Executive Committee and any 
other employees designated as material risk takers 
(‘MRTs’) under the FCA Remuneration Code.

The responsibilities of the Committee are defined in the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, a copy of which can 
be found at www.brewinmedia.co.uk/investor-relations.

Committee composition
The Committee is made up of independent Non-
Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Chairman of 
the Board, who was independent upon his appointment. 
There is cross-membership with the Risk Committee to 
help ensure that there is alignment between the Group’s 
key risks and its Remuneration Policy. Further details on 
membership and attendance can be found on page 46.

Chairman’s overview
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 2017 
Directors’ Remuneration Report. The report comprises this 
overview, the Annual Report on Remuneration, and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (‘the Policy’) that was approved 
at the 2017 AGM and is included for information. We were very 
pleased to receive the support of nearly 99% of shareholders 
who voted for the Policy, which was largely unchanged from the 
Policy initially approved in 2014. The Policy is designed to help 
drive sustainable performance for shareholders, through annual 
bonus and long term incentive plans. It also maintains long term 
shareholder alignment through a three-year deferral of part of 
the annual bonus into shares, and a three-year Long Term 
Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) vesting followed by a two year post-
vesting sale restriction period, and ongoing Executive Director 
shareholding requirements.

Base salary
The Committee reviewed the Executive Directors’ base salaries 
at the 1 October 2017 review date, and decided that no 
increases should be awarded. It is also important to note that 
the Executive Directors do not receive a pension allowance.

Pay for performance
Performance relative to annual financial targets was very strong 
with adjusted profit before tax (‘adjusted PBT’) of £70 million, 
14.8% higher than the prior year, operating margin of 23% 
compared with 21.6% last year, and discretionary funds inflows 
of 8% compared with 4.4% in the prior year. There was also 
good progress against strategic non-financial targets. This 
strong performance resulted in an annual bonus award of 124% 
of base salary for the Chief Executive and Finance Director. 
36.6% and 36.2% of the awards, respectively, will be deferred 
into options over shares under the Deferred Profit Share Plan 
(‘DPSP’) and will become exercisable after three years.

Annual bonus for the year to September 2018 will be related to 
adjusted PBT (30% weighting), net inflows of discretionary funds 
(30% weighting), and key non-financial performance indicators 
(40% weighting).

56 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Annual Report on Remuneration
This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with Part 3 of the revised schedule 8 set out in 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, and 9.8.6 of the 
Listing Rules. The financial information in this part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report has been audited where indicated.  
The Annual Report on Remuneration will be put to shareholder vote at the 2018 AGM.

Committee activities during the year
During the year the Committee focused on the following items:

 – Considered and reviewed reward structures.

 – Assessed and approved 2017 annual bonuses based on previously agreed criteria and vesting of 2017  

awards for Executive Directors.

 – Reviewed Chairman fees and Executive Directors’ fixed remuneration.

 – Approved 2018 annual bonus and LTIP performance criteria.

 – Received a report in relation to conduct risk from the Group Risk & Compliance Director.

 – Approved the Remuneration Policy Statement and Pillar III disclosures.

 – Received updates on changes in regulation and trends in remuneration reporting.

 – Identified and approved individual compensation for Material Risk Takers (‘MRTs’).

 – Reviewed the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

 – Reviewed the outcomes of the Committee performance evaluation.

 – Assessed the effectiveness of our External Adviser (New Bridge Street).

TSR vs Chief Executive and FTSE All Share - Financial Services Index
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

Sep-08

Sep-09

Sep-10

Sep-11

Sep-12

Sep-13

Sep-14

Sep-15

Sep-16

Sep-17

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC

Chief Executive single figure (Indexed)

FTSE All Share Financials

This graph shows the value, by 30 September 2017, of £100 invested in Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC on 28 September 2008, 
compared with the Total Remuneration figures of the CEO, rebased to £100 on the same date, as well as the FTSE All Share – 
Financial Services Index.

The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Total remuneration for the financial year to 30 September 2017 (Audited)

£’000
Executive Directors 
David Nicol

Andrew Westenberger

Non-Executive Chairman
Simon Miller

Non-Executive Directors
Kath Cates

Ian Dewar

Caroline Taylor

Paul Wilson

Former Directors
Angela Knighta

Stephen Fordb
Total
Total

Salary & fees

Benefits1

Pension2

Annual
bonus3

Long term 
incentive4

Compensation 
for loss of 
office5

2017
2016
2017
2016

2017
2016

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016

2017
2016
2016
2017
2016

425
375
375
325

180
175

78
62
71
60
68
56
68
60

21
70
80
1,286
1,263

1
1
3
3

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
1
4
5

–
–
–
7

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
 –
–
7

527
337
465
293

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
81
992
711

68
–
59
–

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
–
127
–

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
162
n/a
162

Total

1,021
713
902
628

180
175

78
62
71
60
68
56
68
60

21
70
324
2,409
2,148

Note 1:  Executives can elect to use part of their total fixed remuneration to fund benefits including Permanent Health Insurance and these amounts are disclosed as part 

of the ‘salary and fees’ figure. Benefits relate to death in service insurance and private medical insurance.

Note 2:  Executives can elect to sacrifice part of their annual bonus into the Group’s defined contribution pension scheme. Where employees choose to do this, the 

Company contributes 13.8% of the sacrificed amount, equal to the employer’s national insurance that would have been due had the amount been paid as salary. 
Sums sacrificed from bonus have been shown in the bonus column, with the related employer contribution of 13.8% shown in the pension column.

Note 3:  This relates to the payment of the annual bonus for the year ending 30 September 2017. Annual bonus is subject to a mandatory deferral policy as  

set out on page 66.

Note 4:  16.2% of the 2014 LTIP has been treated as vested in the period. David Nicol will receive 19,605 shares and Andrew Westenberger will receive 16,804 shares. 
For the purpose of this table, the average Q4 market price (£3.49) was used to determine the value of the awards vested. Options granted under the Deferred 
Profit Share Plan are included in the bonus amount disclosed in the year.

Note 5:  Stephen Ford received a payment of £148,404 in relation to his notice period to 6 July 2016 following his departure from the Board on 7 January 2016. He also 

received a statutory redundancy payment of £9,738 and a contribution towards legal fees of £3,500. The information is being used solely as a comparator.

Note a:  Stepped down from the Board on 3 February 2017. In addition to the fees set out above in relation to her Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC directorship, Angela 

Knight continues to receive an annual fee of €30,000 in relation to her capacity as Chairman of TBD, the Group’s Irish subsidiary.

Note b: Stepped down from the Board on 7 January 2016.

Base salary review (Audited)
The Committee decided not to award salary increases at the October 2017 review date.

David Nicol
Andrew Westenberger

Salary as at  
30 September  
2017
£425,000
£375,000

Salary as at  
30 September  
2016
£425,000
£375,000

Change
0%
0%

58 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Annual variable pay outcomes for 2017
Annual bonuses for the Executive Directors are determined by the Committee based on an assessment of performance relative to 
Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’), which are selected to achieve a direct relationship between progress towards the Group’s 
strategic goals and the bonuses that are awarded.

Performance against financial criteria

Key Performance 
Indicator
Adjusted PBT1

Adjusted operating 
margin1,2

Discretionary  
net fund inflow

Threshold 25% 
of total  
fixed pay
£56.9m

On-target 100% 
of total fixed 
pay
£67.5m

Maximum 
150% of total 
fixed pay
£74.5m

Weighting
20%

Actual for year  
ending 30  
September 
2017
£70.0m

20%

20.3%

22.7%

24.0%

23.0%

20%

2.5%

5.0%

7.5%

8.0%

Outcome (straight average)

1.  See explanation of adjusted performance measures on page 31.

2.  Adjusted PBT margin.

Performance against non-financial criteria

% of  
maximum 

bonus awarded  Comment

78.6% Targets set in relation to  
prior year performance  
and budget

74.4% Targets set in relation to  
prior year performance  
and budget

100.0% Targets set in relation to  
prior year performance  
and budget

84.3%

Criteria (equally weighted)
Strategy

Commentary on performance
Continued successful implementation of organic growth strategy.

% of maximum bonus 
awarded for this criteria 
90.0%

Talent

Client Service

Successful integration of DLAM.

Successful development of new business opportunities (eg. WealthPilot).

Extensive work of investment solutions has been undertaken.
Successful implementation of the Executive Leadership Programme  
and completed extensive work on succession planning for senior 
management.

Enhanced delivery of business development training to enable  
strategic delivery.

Continued development of training, guidance and systems to streamline 
processes and enhance efficiency.

Introduction of the Brewin Dolphin Awards to focus on recognition  
and values.

Enhanced Corporate Responsibility initiatives with charity fundraising.
Continued to ensure high quality, consistent client outcomes.

Improved client retention.

ARC measurement for MPS and bespoke discretionary funds 
management was maintained in the first and second quartiles for the 
peer group.

80.0%

80.0%

Risk Management and Compliance Improved engagement and relationship with the Regulators.

70.0%

Completion of several projects to enhance the Risk Management and 
Compliance Framework.

Ongoing work to prepare for the impact of MiFID II, SMCR and GDPR.

Outcome (straight average)

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

80.0%

59

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Overall outcome

Criteria
Financial
Non-financial
Total

% of maximum 
bonus awarded
84.3%
80.0%
82.6%

Weighting
60%
40%

Bonus outcomes (Audited)
Based on their assessment of performance, the Committee has awarded the following annual bonuses to Executive Directors,  
with the split between cash and deferred shares as indicated in the table below:

Name
David Nicol
Andrew Westenberger

1. See deferral table below.

Role
Chief Executive
Finance Director

Cash Deferred shares1
£193,000
£168,333

£334,000
£296,667

Total % of base salary
124%
124%

£527,000
£465,000

The maximum annual bonus for each individual Executive Director is 150% of base salary.

Annual bonus awards are delivered part in cash and part in deferred shares that vest after three years:

Portion of variable pay
Up to £50,000
Between £50,000 and 1 x fixed remuneration
Above 1 x fixed remuneration

Fraction deferred
None
One-third
Two-thirds

The Committee has the discretion to adjust the final outcome to take account of overall company performance and exceptional events.

Both cash and share elements of the bonus are subject to malus provisions. Please see the Directors’ Remuneration Policy table 
for further details.

LTIP outcome in 2017
The Executive Directors received a conditional share award granted under the LTIP in December 2014. The performance period  
for the grant was three years to 30 September 2017 and performance against the criteria set is shown below:

Criteria
Adjusted EPS CAGR1
Adjusted PBT Margin1

Weighting
50%
50%

Threshold
target
6%
25%

Full vesting target
16%
27%

Actual for
year ending
30 September 2017
7%
23%

% of award to vest
16.2%
0%

1. See explanation of adjusted performance measures on page 31.

60 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Chief Executive pay for performance comparison
The graph below shows the value by 30 September 2017, of £100 invested in Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC on  
28 September 2008, compared with the Total Remuneration figures of the Chief Executive, rebased to £100 on the same date.  
The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends. 

Chief Executive total pay vs TSR
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

Sep-08

Sep-09

Sep-10

Sep-11

Sep-12

Sep-13

Sep-14

Sep-15

Sep-16

Sep-17

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC

Chief Executive single figure (Indexed)

The total remuneration figure for the Director undertaking the role of Chief Executive during each of the previous eight financial years 
is shown below. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus which was awarded based on performance in those years. 
Where this bonus was subject to deferral, it is shown in the year in which it was awarded. The annual bonus is shown as a 
percentage of the maximum for 2012 to 2017 only as there was no maximum amount for bonus in the preceding years.  
The LTIP awards granted in December 2014 have partially vested during the period.

Total remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus (% max)
LTIP vesting (% of award)

Year ending September

2009
589
n/a
n/a

2010
643
n/a
n/a

2011
593
n/a
n/a

2012
557
39
n/a

2013
577
63
n/a

2014
770
80
n/a

2015
702
67
n/a

2016
713
60
nil

2017
1,021
82.6
16.2

The movement in the salary and annual bonus for the Chief Executive, who is the highest paid Director, between the current and 
previous financial year compared to that for the average UK Group employee is shown below. Rather than having separate base 
salary, pension and benefit components, Executive Directors and other senior staff receive a total fixed pay sum which they can 
receive part as a defined pension contribution and/or benefits such as long-term illness/disability insurance. More junior employees 
receive a base salary plus pension contributions. As such, an analysis of the movement in benefits for the Chief Executive and the 
average employee was not considered to be practical or meaningful and has not been included in the below comparison.

Criteria
Chief Executive 
Salary
Bonus
Average per employee
Salary
Bonus

2017

2016

% change

£425,000  £375,000
£527,000  £337,500

£51,106 
£33,358 

£49,347
£27,759

13%
56%

4%
21%

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

61

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ share interests (Audited)
Outstanding share options and conditional share awards
The tables below set out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards (which will vest in future years subject to 
performance and/or continued service).

Share options:

Plan

Grant date

Exercise 
price

David Nicol

DPSP 05/12/2013 0.00p
DPSP 04/12/2014  0.00p 
DPSP 03/12/2015  0.00p 
DPSP 01/12/2016  0.00p 

Total
Andrew Westenberger

DPSP 05/12/2013 0.00p
DPSP 04/12/2014  0.00p 
DPSP 03/12/2015  0.00p 
DPSP 01/12/2016  0.00p 

Total

Conditional share awards:

Plan

Grant date

David Nicol

LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP

26/02/2014
04/12/2014
03/12/2015
01/12/2016

Total
Andrew Westenberger

LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP

26/02/2014
04/12/2014
03/12/2015
01/12/2016

Total

Number  
of share  
options  
as at 1 
October 
2016

Granted 
during  
year

Exercised 
during  
year

Lapsed 
during  
year

Number  
of share 
options  
as at 30 
September  
2017

End of 
performance 
period

Maturity date

End of exercise 
period

29,584
50,714 
 37,174 
 –
117,472

–  29,584
–
– 
– 
– 
33,344
– 
33,344 29,584

45,065
 42,646 
 30,978 

118,689

– 45,065
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
28,125
28,125 45,065

–
–
– 
 50,714 
– 
 37,174 
– 
 33,344 
– 121,232

–
–
– 
 42,646 
– 
 30,978 
– 
 28,125 
– 101,749

n/a 05/12/2016 05/12/2019
n/a 04/12/2017 04/12/2020
n/a 03/12/2018 03/12/2021
n/a 01/12/2019 01/12/2022

n/a 05/12/2016 05/12/2019
n/a 04/12/2017 04/12/2020
n/a 03/12/2018 03/12/2021
n/a 01/12/2019 01/12/2022

Number  
of share  
awards  
as at 1  
October  
2016

Granted 
during  
year

Vested 
during  
year

Lapsed 
during  
year

Number  
of share 
awards  
as at 30  
September  
2017

104,916
121,023 
130,111 

–
– 104,916
–  19,605* 101,418
– 
– 
– 
–  147,877 

–
–
–  130,111
–  147,877
356,050 147,877 19,605 206,334 277,988

89,928
103,734 
111,524 

–
– 89,928
–  16,804* 86,930
– 
– 
– 
–  130,480

–
 –
–  111,524
–  130,480
305,186 130,480 16,804 176,858 242,004

End of 
performance 
period

Vesting date

30/09/2016 26/02/2017
30/09/2017 04/12/2017
30/09/2018 03/12/2018
30/09/2019 01/12/2019

30/09/2016 26/02/2017
30/09/2017 04/12/2017
30/09/2018 03/12/2018
30/09/2019 01/12/2019

The share price at 29 September 2017 was £3.49.

*  Actual vesting date is 4 December 2017. Figures shown are the number of shares vested at the end of the three year performance period (30 September 2017).

62 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
Beneficial interests
To further align the interests of Executive Directors with shareholders, Executive Directors are required to build up a shareholding 
through the retention of shares vesting under the Group’s share incentive plans within five years of appointment (January 2013  
and March 2013 for Andrew Westenberger and David Nicol, respectively). The minimum shareholding requirement for the Chief 
Executive is 150% of base salary and the minimum shareholding requirement for the Finance Director is 100% of base salary. 
Shares that count towards these requirements include shares owned outright by the Executive Director, an amount equal to net  
of tax unvested awards granted under the DPSP as they are unfettered by performance criteria, and net of tax LTIP awards that 
have vested.

Director
Kath Cates
Ian Dewar
Angela Knight
Simon Miller
David Nicol
Caroline Taylor
Andrew Westenberger
Paul Wilson

Beneficially  
owned at 
30 September 20171
5,587
6,358
4,790
75,000
98,651
5,000
50,000
8,596

1.  Or date of resignation if earlier.

Percentage  
of shareholding  
target held as at 
30 September 2017
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
95%2
n/a
105%2
n/a

Outstanding DPSP 
share options at 
30 September 2017
–
–
–
–
121,232
–
101,749
–

Outstanding LTIP 
share awards as at 
30 September 2017
–
–
–
–
277,988
–
242,401
–

Beneficially  
owned at 
28 November 20171
5,587
6,358
4,790
75,000
98,651
5,000
50,000
8,596

Beneficially 
owned at 
30 September 2016
2,500
6,358
4,790
75,000
83,000
5,000
25,000
8,596

2.  Includes 53% of outstanding DPSP options and 53% of the 2014 LTIP award which will vest at 16.2% on 4 December 2017 but met its performance criteria on 

30 September 2017. These are included on a net of tax basis.

Deferred bonus
The Executive Directors receive part of their annual variable pay under the DPSP as a deferred award in Company shares, normally 
in the form of a nil-cost option. The option vests and becomes exercisable three years from the date of grant.

Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)
Employees may use funds from their gross salary up to a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in regular monthly payments (being 
not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Company (‘Partnership Shares’). Partnership Shares 
are acquired monthly. For every Partnership Share purchased, the employee receives one Matching Share up to a total value of 
£20, these shares are held in an employee benefit trust (the ‘Trust’). Market purchase shares are used to satisfy all shares 
purchased under the SIP and it is the intention of the Directors to continue this practice for the forthcoming financial year.

Dilution
By agreement with shareholders, the aggregate number of shares which may be issued at any date of grant, when aggregated with 
shares issued or issuable pursuant to options or awards granted in the preceding 10 years under any employee share plan 
operated by the Group shall not exceed 10% of the issued share capital.

The current cumulative dilution level over the 10-year period to 30 September 2017 is 2.14%.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

63

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Material contracts with Directors
There were no material contracts between the Group and the Directors, except for their contracts of employment or letters  
of appointment. The Directors undertake transactions in stocks and shares in the ordinary course of the Group’s business for  
their own account. The transactions are not material to the Group in the context of its operations. £nil was outstanding in respect  
of these transactions at 30 September 2017 and 30 September 2016.

Total pension entitlements
Executive Directors may opt to waive part of their aggregate fixed pay amount and receive an equivalent pension contribution 
instead. They may also receive part of their annual bonus in the form of pension contribution.

Defined Contribution Scheme
Executive Directors may join the Group Defined Contribution Scheme. Andrew Westenberger and David Nicol have not made 
contributions to the scheme and do not receive any benefit under the scheme.

Defined Benefit Scheme (Audited)
Entry to the Group Defined Benefit Scheme was withdrawn in 2004 for new employees.

Death-in-service benefits
Executive Directors are eligible for death-in-service benefit cover which is equal to six times their individual fixed remuneration.

Relative importance of the spend on pay (Audited)

Staff costs
Dividends

2017 
’000
£147,043
£41,048

2016
‘000 
£141,217
£35,309

% change
4%
16%

Average salary and bonus per employee has increased by 4% and 21% respectively (see page 61).

External advisers
The Remuneration Committee is advised by New Bridge Street (‘NBS’), appointed by the Committee. NBS is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by its Code of Conduct which requires its advice to be impartial and objective.  
NBS has no other connections with the Company. The total fees paid to NBS in respect of its services to the Committee during  
the year were £49,322.

External directorships
Details of external directorships held by the Executive Directors during the year and any fees that they received in respect of their 
services are shown below.

David Nicol

Company
Hermes Property Unit Trust

Position
Chair of appointment committee

2017
£30,762

2016
£27,500

The remuneration for 2017 increased following appointment as chairman of the committee with effect from 6 June 2017.

Andrew Westenberger

Company
Schroder UK Growth Fund plc Non-executive director

Position

2017
£6,190

2016
n/a

The fee was a prorata amount for the year as the appointment took effect from 5 May 2017.

Statement of shareholder voting
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual Report on Remuneration received the following votes from shareholders:

Votes cast in favour
Votes cast against
Total votes cast
Abstentions

64 

Remuneration 
Policy
(2017 AGM)
180,850,144
2,547,005
183,397,149
12,019,257

%

Annual Report on 
Remuneration 
(2017 AGM)
98.6% 145,976,316
1.4% 22,227,659
168,203,975
27,212,432

%
86.8%
13.2%

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
How the policy will be applied in 2018 onwards
Fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors
As detailed in the Policy, the Group’s approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration is with reference to the market 
levels in comparable sized FTSE companies, levels of responsibility and time commitments. The Chairman’s fee was last reviewed 
in October 2016 and there have been no recommendations made to increase the fee.

The Non-Executive Directors’ fees were last reviewed in 2016, where it was agreed to increase the fees with effect from 
1 January 2017. There has been no recommendation made by the Board to increase the fees for 2017/18.

Chairman
Base fee
Senior Independent Director
Committee Chair

30 September 2017
£180,000
£60,000
£10,000
£10,000 – £15,000

30 September 2016
£180,000
£50,000
£10,000
£5,000 – £12,000

Performance targets for the 2017/18 annual bonus and LTIP awards to be granted in the 2018 financial year
For the 2018 financial year, the annual bonus will be based on performance against a balanced scorecard comprising three  
Key Performance Areas: adjusted PBT (30% weighting); discretionary net funds inflow (30%); and non-financial targets (40%). 

The LTIP awards to be granted in the 2018 financial year will be subject to two separate performance metrics shown below,  
each accounting for one-half of the award.

These targets have been set with reference to market consensus and internal medium-term plans.

There is also a general underpin: the Committee will assess the overall health of the business and whether prudent risk 
management has been applied and may scale back the vesting level if it considers this to be appropriate.

Performance metric
Adjusted EPS Compound  
Annual Growth Rate (‘CAGR’)

Average Annual Discretionary  
Net Funds Growth

Weighting (each 
measured 
independently)
50%

Threshold (25% 
vesting)
5%

Stretch (100% 

vesting) Measurement period
15% CAGR measured over the three financial years 

2017/18, 2018/19, and 2019/20, using 2016/17  
as the base year.

50%

2.5%

7.5% Average over the three financial years 2017/18, 

2018/19 and 2019/20.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This Policy describes the policies, principles and structures that guide the Remuneration Committee’s decision making process in 
the area of executive remuneration. The Policy was approved by the shareholders at the 2017 AGM and will apply for a period of 
three years, unless a revised policy is proposed to shareholders before the end of this period.

Remuneration principles and objectives
The primary objectives of the Policy are:

 – To attract, retain and motivate talented Directors and senior management of the calibre required to manage the business 

successfully, whilst seeking to avoid paying more than is necessary to meet this objective.

 – To motivate and reward good performance.

 – To meet relevant regulatory requirements, including the requirements of the FCA Remuneration Code so far as these  

apply to the Group.

The main principles of the Policy are:

 – To ensure that total remuneration is set at a level that is market competitive by benchmarking against relevant external 
comparators, taking account of size, complexity and sector, and to ensure that the overall package takes account of  
market practice.

 – To maintain appropriate proportions of fixed and performance related pay, to help to drive performance over the short and longer 

term, maintain a flexible cost base, and avoid creating incentives for excessive risk taking.

 – To align incentive plans with the business strategy, prudent risk management and shareholder interests.

 – To achieve consistency with the general remuneration philosophy applied to the Group’s employees as a whole.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Summary of remuneration elements for Executive Directors

Element

Fixed pay 
(Discretionary)

Purpose and
link to short and 
long-term strategy
Provides a level of 
fixed remuneration 
sufficient to recruit 
and retain necessary 
talent, and to permit 
a zero variable pay 
award should that be 
appropriate.

Operation, performance measures and periods, deferral and clawback
Executive Directors receive a base salary and can elect to benefit from life 
insurance at a level of six times annual salary and private medical insurance. 
Executive Directors can choose to sacrifice salary into the Group’s defined 
contribution pension scheme. The Company does not make any other 
pension contributions to the Executive Directors.

Individual levels of total fixed pay are reviewed annually, with any increases 
normally effective from 1 January, unless there are exceptional reasons for an 
increase at another time of the year. Any increases are generally targeted at 
around the general level of salary inflation in the Group, but may vary from this 
for exceptional reasons such as a change in the individual’s role or 
responsibilities, or a need to bring an individual’s remuneration to a market 
competitive level.

Rewards annual 
Group and personal 
performance, and, 
through the use of 
deferral into shares, 
also aligns reward 
with longer-term 
performance.

Portion of variable pay
Portion up to £50,000
Portion between £50,000 and 1 x fixed remuneration One-third
Two-thirds
Portion above 1 x fixed remuneration

What fraction is deferred?
None

The Remuneration Committee may seek to clawback annual variable pay in 
exceptional situations, such as misstatement of performance, failure of risk 
management or serious misconduct.

Annual  
variable pay 
(Discretionary)

Rewards 
achievement 
of long-term 
performance 
objectives.

LTIP 
(Discretionary)

Executive Directors will be eligible to be considered each year for a conditional 
award over BDH shares, which will vest in one tranche, normally no earlier 
than three years from the date of award. Vesting will be subject to 
performance conditions and targets set prior to each grant by the Committee. 
These performance conditions will be related to financial performance (e.g. 
EPS growth and net discretionary funds flow) and will be aligned to the 
business strategy. For each performance metric used, there will be a threshold 
level of performance at which no more than 25% of the portion of the award 
relating to that KPI will vest, and a stretch level of performance, at which 
100% of the portion of the award relating to that KPI will vest.

Executive Directors will be required to hold net of tax vested shares for a 
period of two years following vesting.

The Committee may seek to clawback LTIP in exceptional situations, such as 
misstatement of performance, failure of risk management or serious 
misconduct.

Maximum opportunity
Total Fixed Pay is 
benchmarked against 
relevant market levels 
of aggregate fixed 
pay (i.e. base 
salary+pension 
contribution+benefits, 
paid in the market),  
and is targeted to  
be not more than  
the approximate  
median of relevant  
comparators.

The maximum individual 
award of annual variable 
pay is currently 150% 
of base salary.

The normal maximum 
annual award under  
the LTIP rules is up to 
100% of base salary  
(in face value of shares 
at grant), but may be up 
to 150% in exceptional 
circumstances.

66 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Potential Reward Opportunities (£000)

1600

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

28.55%

42.83%

23.64%

38.14%

28.50%

42.74%

23.58%

38.04%

100.00%

38.22%

28.62%

100.00%

38.38%

28.76%

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Fixed Pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP

The potential reward opportunities illustrated above were calculated using base salary effective from 30 September 2017. 
Illustrations are intended to provide further information to shareholders regarding the pay for performance relationship; however, 
actual pay delivered will be influenced by changes in share price and the vesting period of awards. The assumptions below have 
been made in compiling the above charts:

Assumptions

Minimum
Total fixed remuneration

Target
Total fixed remuneration

Maximum
Total fixed remuneration

Fixed pay

Annual 
bonus

LTIP

No annual bonus payable

On-target annual bonus of 100% of 
base salary

Maximum annual bonus of 150% of 
base salary

Zero vesting – threshold not 
achieved

Share award of 100% of base salary 
Median vesting (62% of award)

Share award of 100% of base salary

Full vesting (100% of award)

Policy on share ownership
The Remuneration Committee has a policy of encouraging Executive Directors to acquire and retain a significant number of shares 
in the Company with the objective of further aligning their long-term interests with those of other shareholders. The Committee 
determines the requirement and reviews this periodically. The current limits are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

How the views of shareholders are taken into account
The Remuneration Committee regularly compares the Policy with shareholder guidelines and takes account of the results of 
shareholder votes on remuneration. The Remuneration Committee Chairman will consult with major investors ahead of any material 
changes to the Policy and, along with the Company Secretary, is available to meet with institutional shareholders to discuss any of 
the policy related disclosures or outcomes contained in this Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy are 
provided on page 64.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
A consistent remuneration philosophy for employees is applied at all levels and the aggregate rate of base salary increase for all 
employees is one of the factors considered when determining increases in fixed pay for Directors.

All employees are eligible for discretionary performance-related annual bonus and the principle of bonus deferral applies to annual 
bonuses for employees whose bonuses exceed certain thresholds.

A formal employee consultation on remuneration is not operated; however, employees are able to provide direct feedback on the 
Group’s remuneration policies to their managers or the Human Resources department and as part of an annual employee 
engagement survey. The Group Human Resources Director is a standing attendee at Remuneration Committee meetings and 
presents regular reports on people strategy, including the effectiveness of the Group’s remuneration policies and how they are 
viewed by employees.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

67

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Fixed ratios between the total remuneration levels of different roles in the Group are not applied, as this would prevent us from 
recruiting and retaining the necessary talent in a highly competitive employment market.

Benchmarking
The Remuneration Committee takes account of market benchmark data when setting total remuneration packages for Executive 
Directors and comparisons are made with other FTSE listed companies of similar size and business profile to the Group. Practices 
in the wealth management sector and other related sectors are also considered. Benchmark data is used as a reference point, 
alongside other factors such as the individual’s role, experience and performance, rather than as a direct determinant of pay levels.

Differences in remuneration policy for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The approach to remuneration for the Executive Directors is generally consistent with that for employees across the Group as a 
whole. However, there are some differences which the Remuneration Committee believes are necessary to reflect the different 
responsibilities of employees across the Group, and the need to recruit, retain and motivate employees in a variety of roles. For 
example, below Executive Director level, the portion of annual variable pay that is deferred is structured differently and is capped at 
one-third rather than the two-thirds deferral that applies to Executive Directors. Awards of market purchased shares are made to 
selected individuals from time to time, excluding Executive Directors, which vest subject to continued service, to recognise 
individuals’ value to the Group and to create further alignment with shareholders.

External non-executive director positions
Executive Directors are permitted to serve as non-executive directors of other companies, on the grounds that this can help to 
broaden the skills and experience of the Director, provided there is no competition with the Group’s business activities and where 
these duties do not interfere with the individual’s ability to perform his duties for the Group. The number of external directorships an 
Executive Director can hold is limited to two non-executive directorships.

Where an outside appointment is accepted in furtherance of the Group’s business, any fees received are remitted to the Group.

If the appointment is not connected to the Group’s business, the Executive Director is entitled to retain any fees received.

Approach to remuneration for new Executive Director appointments
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms and maximum levels of the 
Group’s approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.

The Committee may also offer additional cash and/or share-based elements when it considers these to be in the best interests of 
the Group and shareholders, for the purpose of replacing awards or potential foreseeable earnings which are forgone by the 
individual on becoming an Executive Director. This includes the use of awards made under 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules. In considering 
any such payments the Remuneration Committee would take account of the amount of remuneration forgone and the nature, 
vesting dates and any performance requirements attached to the remuneration forgone. Shareholders will be informed of any such 
payments and the rationale for these.

For an internal appointment, any deferred pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out according to 
its terms, adjusted as relevant to take into account the appointment. In addition, ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to 
appointment may be permitted to continue where this is considered to be in the best interests of the Group and shareholders.

For external and internal appointments, the Group may meet certain relocation expenses as appropriate.

Service contracts and loss of office payments
Service contracts normally continue until the Executive Director’s agreed retirement date or such other date as the parties agree. 
The service contracts contain provision for early termination.

In summary, the contractual provisions are:

Provision
Notice period
Termination payment in the event of 
termination by the Company without due 
notice

Change of control

68 

Detailed terms
Six months
Total fixed pay in respect of the unexpired period of contractual notice, in addition to 
any amounts to which they are statutorily entitled. In certain cases, the Committee 
may also consider a discretionary award of annual variable pay, subject to 
performance, in respect of the portion of any financial year that the individual has been 
working with the Group, although not for the period of any payment in lieu of notice or 
‘garden leave’.
Same terms as above on termination.

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
The Group has power to enter into settlement agreements with executives and to pay compensation to settle potential legal claims. 
Any outstanding share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under the Group’s LTIP or other share plans will be 
determined based on the relevant plan rules. The default treatment is that any outstanding awards lapse on cessation of 
employment. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as death, disability, redundancy, retirement or other 
circumstances at the discretion of the Committee (taking into account the individual’s performance and the reasons for their 
departure), ‘good leaver’ status can be applied. In such cases, the normal practice, unless there are exceptional circumstances,  
is for any LTIP awards held to be pro-rated for the period of the performance period that has expired, and the performance 
conditions would continue to apply. Share awards under the DPSP will vest in full on the original vesting schedule. An Executive 
Director’s service contract may be terminated without notice and without any further payment or compensation, except for sums 
accrued up to the date of termination, on the occurrence of certain events such as gross misconduct.

Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy includes authority for the Group to honour any commitments 
entered into with current or former Directors that have been disclosed to shareholders in previous Remuneration Reports. Details  
of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the implementation section of this report as they arise.

Policy for the Chairman and other Non-Executive Directors

Element
Chairman fee

Purpose and link to strategy
To pay a market competitive 
all-inclusive fee that takes account 
of the role and responsibilities.

Non-Executive  
Director fees

To pay a market competitive basic 
fee, and supplements for 
significant additional 
responsibilities such as 
Committee Chairmanships.

Maximum
The current maximum aggregate 
fee for Non-Executive Directors is 
£700,000 per annum. This is 
subject to change periodically 
though any increase in aggregate 
fee would be subject to approval 
by shareholders.
As above.

Operation
The Chairman is paid a single fee 
for all his responsibilities. The level 
of the fee is reviewed periodically 
by the Committee, with reference 
to market levels in comparably-
sized FTSE companies, without 
the Chairman being present.
The Non-Executives are paid a 
basic fee. There are also 
supplements for Committee 
Chairmanships and the Senior 
Independent Director. The fee 
levels are reviewed periodically by 
the Chairman and Executive 
Directors.

Non-Executive Directors are engaged under letters of appointment; they do not have contracts of service and are not entitled to 
compensation on early termination of their appointment. The Group can reimburse NEDs’ reasonable business expenses (including 
tax thereon if applicable).

Compliance with the FCA Remuneration Code
The Remuneration Committee regularly reviews its Remuneration Policy’s compliance with the principles of the Remuneration Code 
of the UK financial services regulator, as applicable to the Group. The Remuneration Policy is designed to be consistent with the 
prudent management of risk and the sustained, long-term performance of the Group.

Application of the Policy
The Policy took effect from 3 February 2017.

This Directors’ Remuneration Report, including both the Policy and Annual Remuneration Report, has been approved by the Board 
of Directors.

Paul Wilson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

28 November 2017

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

69

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Report

Index to principal Directors’ Report and Listing Rule disclosures
Relevant information required to be disclosed in the Directors’ Report and as set out in Listing Rule 9.8.4 R (information to be 
included in the Annual Report and Accounts) may be found in the following sections:

Information
Business Review
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Disclosure information to auditor
Directors in office during the year
Dividend recommendation for the year
Directors’ indemnities
Corporate responsibility
Greenhouse gas emissions
Financial instruments – risk management objectives 
and policies
Future developments of the Company
Employment policies and employee involvement
Structure of share capital, including restrictions 
on the transfer of securities, voting rights and 
significant shareholders
Rules governing the appointment of Directors
Powers of Directors
Rules governing changes to the Articles of Association
Shareholder waiver of dividends

Section in Annual Report
Strategic Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Chairman’s Statement
Directors’ Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report
Notes to the Financial Statements

Strategic Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Note 24 to the Financial Statements

Pages
16-21, 24-25 & 30-37
26-29
74
42 & 46
14
70
38-41
72
122

16-23
38-41
70

46
45
71
120

The above information is incorporated by reference and together with the information on pages 70 to 73 forms the Directors’ 
Report in accordance with section 415 of the Companies Act 2006.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report is set out on pages 1 to 41 and was approved by the Board on 28 November 2017. It is signed on behalf 
of the Board by David Nicol, Chief Executive.

Cautionary statement
The review of the business and its future development in the Annual Report has been prepared solely to provide additional 
information to shareholders to assess the Group’s strategies and the potential for these strategies to succeed. It should not 
be relied on by any other party for any other purpose. The review contains forward looking statements which are made by the 
Directors in good faith based on information available to them up to the time of the approval of these reports and should be 
treated with caution due to inherent uncertainties associated with such statements. The Directors, in preparing the Strategic 
Report, have complied with s417 of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company has made qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the benefit of its Directors during the period and these 
remain in force at the date of this report.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s authorised and issued share capital, together with details of the movements therein, are set out in note 24 
to the Financial Statements. This includes the rights and obligations attaching to shares and restrictions on the transfer of shares.

The Company has one class of Ordinary Shares which carry no right to fixed income. There are no specific restrictions on the size 
of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association and 
prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company’s shares that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

70 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Employee share plans
Details of employee share plans are set out in note 29 to the Financial Statements. Under the rules of the Group’s Share Incentive 
Plan (‘SIP’), shares are held in trust for participants by Equiniti Share Plan Trustees Limited (the ‘Trustee’). Voting rights are exercised 
by the Trustee on receipt of the participant’s instructions; if no such instruction is received by the Trustee then no vote is registered. 
No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid. 

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 30 September 2017, the Company had received notifications in accordance with the FCA’s Disclosures and Transparency 
Rule 5.1.2 of the following interests of 3% or more in the voting rights of the Company.

Shareholder 
Royal London Asset Management 
Henderson Group PLC
Aberforth Partners 
FIL Investment International
BlackRock, Inc. 
FIL Limited
Kames Capital
Aviva plc and its subsidiaries 
Legal & General 
Kabouter Management, LLC
Norges Bank

Number of voting rights 
16,824,793
14,426,962
14,390,759
12,477,394
below 5% 
14,092,698
13,730,787
11,318,428
8,563,901
8,661,021
8,577,245

% of voting rights
5.95
5.09
5.08
5.00
below 5
4.97
4.85
4.00
3.99
3.06
3.03

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held at 11.30am on 2 February 2018 at Haberdashers’ Hall, 18 West Smithfield, London EC1A 9HQ.

Purchase of own shares
At the AGM on 3 February 2017, shareholders approved a resolution for the Company to make purchases of its own shares to a 
maximum of 10% of its issued Ordinary Shares. This resolution remains valid until the conclusion of the next AGM in 2018. As at 
28 November 2017 the Directors had not used this authority.

Employees
The average number of persons, including Directors, employed by the Group and their remuneration are set out in note 7 to the 
Financial Statements. Other information about the Group’s employee engagement, diversity and inclusion policies is set out in the 
Corporate Responsibility report starting on page 38. The Group-wide gender diversity split as at 30 September 2017 was 44% 
female and 56% male.

Internal control and risk management
The Directors confirm that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The Board considers that the information it receives 
enables it to review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls in accordance with the FRC’s Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting. Areas where internal controls can be improved are identified and 
appropriate actions agreed as part of our internal controls systems. Senior Management, the Board and the Audit Committee 
regularly monitor progress towards completion of these actions. The Board considers that none of the identified areas for 
improvement constitutes a significant failing or weakness.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

71

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDirectors’ Report continued

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (‘GHG’)
The Group recognises and and strives to minimise its impact on the environment. As a financial services provider, our main 
environmental focus is on our network of offices and employee travel.

Global GHG emissions for the period ended 30 September 2017
Emissions from:
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Electricity purchased for own use
Fugitive emissions – refrigerant losses
Mobile combustion – business travel from leased assets
Company’s chosen intensity measurement:
Emissions per full time employee

Tonnes of CO2e 2016/17
308
1,751
12.7
19.9

Tonnes of CO2e 2015/16
327
2,030
–
20.0

1.3

1.5

Methodology and additional information
The table above reports the Group’s annual GHG emissions from sources which fall within the consolidated financial statements. 
Included are most of the emission sources that the Group has responsibility for but some emission sources have been omitted 
based on a lack of data and materiality. Details of the emissions which have been omitted are given in the ‘Emission sources not 
reported’ section below. The Scope 2 emissions calculations for purchased electricity follow the location-based methodology of  
the GHG Protocol.

We have used SoFi software, from Think Step, to gather data on energy use (natural gas and electricity), hydrofluorocarbons and 
upstream leased assets. For the Group’s international operations, Defra no longer includes the International Energy Agency’s (‘IEA’) 
factors for international electricity consumption in their own dataset. Think Step negotiated an agreement with the IEA that allows 
them to continue to include IEA factors in the SoFi Impact libraries. These factors are the most up-to-date IEA overseas emission 
factors currently available which date back to country-specific physical consumption of electricity in 2014.

Regarding fugitive emissions, emissions from refrigerant losses occurred due to replacements of our Direct Expansion systems.

As in the previous reporting year, emissions from mobile combustion related to business travel and were estimated to be an 
average of 30% of total mileage. This is our own conservative assumption.

Emission sources not reported
This section of the report details the emission sources that we have not reported on and provides the reasons behind our decisions.

Only a minority of the buildings we operate directly make use of gas and we have included this in our emissions from combustion  
of fuel. We do not have distinct data on heat/steam for our other buildings as this is most likely embedded in the office service 
charges that we pay. As a result, we have not currently reported on purchased heat or steam. In future we will devise a 
methodology to estimate the emissions associated with heating requirements that we are responsible for.

Data quality for electricity and gas consumption
Our data for electricity as well as gas consumption comes from two main sources:

 – consumption bills from suppliers/reports from property agents etc. (exact data); and

 – our approximations based on exact data (estimated data).

We have used estimated data in some cases because we were unable to get complete data for all our buildings for the current 
reporting period. The section below details the approach that we have taken to fill the gaps in consumption data.

We identified that there were some buildings that had incomplete electricity or gas consumption figures for certain months over the 
current reporting period. In such situations, we chose a conservative approach to estimate the consumption data for the missing 
months. We did this by identifying the month in the dataset with the highest electricity consumption, calculated the worst case daily 
consumption figure and applied this daily figure to the months that had missing data as a worst case scenario.

72 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
In some other cases, there were buildings that we had no electricity and/or gas consumption data for. In these situations,  
we used either:

 – last year’s data as an approximation; or

 – average consumption intensity per square metre across buildings with complete and exact data for each month in the current 

reporting period.

We then used these monthly average consumption per square metre intensities to estimate the monthly electricity/gas consumption 
of the buildings with no electricity/gas consumption data, based on individual floor areas.

Auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

 – so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 – the Director has taken all steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in office as auditor and a resolution to reappoint them will be proposed at  
the forthcoming AGM.

Approved for and on behalf of the Board.

Tiffany Brill
Company Secretary 
Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC 
Company Number: 02685806

28 November 2017

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

73

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStatement of Director’s Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ('IFRSs') as 
adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS and have also chosen to prepare the parent company Financial Statements 
under IFRSs adopted by the EU. Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for 
that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 – make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

 – prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business.

In preparing the Group Financial Statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

 – properly select and apply accounting policies;

 – present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and  

understandable information;

 – provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

 – make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 – the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole;

 – the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the company 

and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties that they face; and

 – the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information 

necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 28 November 2017 and is signed on its behalf by

David Nicol  
Chief Executive  

Andrew Westenberger
Finance Director

74 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs  

as at 30 September 2017 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

 – the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

 – the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 

European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and,  

as regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) 
which comprise:

 – the consolidated income statement;

 – the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 – the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;

 – the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;

 – the consolidated and parent company cash flow statements; and,

 – the related notes 1 to 34.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report.

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that non-audit 
services prohibited by the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters

Materiality

Scoping

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year which are consistent with the 
prior year were:

 – Revenue recognition;

 – Intangible assets: client relationships and goodwill; and

 – Assumptions underlying the calculation of the pension scheme liability.
The materiality that we used in the current year was £2.880m which was determined on 
the basis of 5% of profit before tax from continuing operations and is consistent with 
our approach for the 2016 audit.
The scope of our audit covered substantially the entire group, with the following entities 
in scope, in addition to the parent company:

 – Brewin Dolphin Limited;

 – Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited; and 

Significant changes in our approach

 – Brewin Dolphin MP.
There have been no significant changes in our audit approach in 2017. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

75

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern and viability statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement regarding the appropriateness of the going concern basis of 
accounting contained within note 3 to the financial statements and the directors’ statement on the longer-
term viability of the group contained within the strategic report on page 1.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 – the disclosures on pages 26-29 that describe the principal risks and explain how they are being managed 

or mitigated;

 – the directors’ confirmation on page 71 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity;

 – the directors’ statement in note 3 to the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group and the parent company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

 – the directors’ explanation on page 37 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over 

what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement 
as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions; or

 – whether the directors’ statements relating to going concern and the prospects of the parent company 

required in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) are materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

We confirm that we 
have nothing 
material to add or 
draw attention to in 
respect of these 
matters.
We agreed with the 
directors’ adoption 
of the going 
concern basis of 
accounting and we 
did not identify any 
related material 
uncertainties. 
However, because 
not all future events 
or conditions can 
be predicted, this 
statement is not a 
guarantee as to the 
group’s ability to 
continue as a going 
concern.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on our overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the audit team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Revenue recognition
Description 

How the scope of our audit 
responded

Key observations

76 

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies on page 3, revenue comprises 
investment management fees of £217.1m (2016: £190.5m), commissions of £66.0m (2016: 
£71.0m) and other income of £21.4m (2016: £20.8m).

Investment management fees account for approximately 67% of total revenue and are based on a 
percentage of individual clients’ funds under management. There is a risk that incorrect rates or 
fund valuations are used to calculate management fees. This risk increases where manual 
amendments are required to be made to system calculated fees. Therefore we have also identified 
this as a higher fraud risk. 
We evaluated the design and implementation and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over 
system generated investment management fees, including associated IT controls. We also 
evaluated the design and implementation of controls over fee amendments but we elected not to 
test their operating effectiveness as enhanced controls were implemented part way through the year.

We selected a sample of quarterly investment management fee calculations for individual clients 
and recalculated the system generated amount. We agreed a sample of the rates used to client 
contracts and the value of funds under management to third party sources. Additionally, we tested 
a sample of manual fee amendments to determine their validity in accordance with client 
agreements and the group’s policy.
No issues were identified through our testing which indicate management fees were materially 
misstated for the year ended 30 September 2017

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Intangible assets: client relationships and goodwill 
Description 

Historically, the group has expanded through acquisitions leading to the recognition of goodwill 
and client relationships of £90.5m (2016: £71.4m). During the year, the group acquired BDDL 
Limited (formerly Duncan Lawrie Asset Management Limited) which resulted in client relationships 
of £25.5m being recognised.

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies in note 3, intangible assets are 
reviewed for impairment at least annually. This is considered to be a key source of estimation 
uncertainty for the group as described in note 4, based on the information contained in the 
intangibles note 14.

Determining whether these intangible assets are impaired requires an estimation of the 
recoverable amount for each of the group’s cash-generating units (“CGUs”) and where the 
carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment should be recorded. This 
assessment is based on estimates of the fair value less costs to sell of CGUs based on a 
percentage of funds under management. The percentages used are inherently judgemental.

Judgement has also been applied in calculating the fair value of client relationships in the 
acquisition of BDDL Limited, including the determination that the difference between the fair value 
of consideration and the fair value of net assets acquired relates entirely to client relationships and 
no goodwill has arisen.
In assessing the intangible assets, we have reviewed the calculations prepared by management to 
assess whether they meet the requirements of IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” and that the 
assumptions and judgements made are appropriate.

This included challenging the percentages management applied to market values of funds under 
management to determine fair value, and validating these against percentages derived from 
recent public acquisitions of fund management businesses.

We evaluated the design and implementation and tested the operating effectiveness of controls 
over the production of funds under management data, designed to ensure its completeness and 
accuracy.

We challenged the recognition and valuation of intangible client relationships recognised on 
acquisition of BDDL Limited and management’s assessment that the fair value of intangible client 
relationships was £25.5m and that no goodwill should be recognised by testing management’s 
valuation and challenging both key assumptions and whether other identifiable assets should be 
recognised.
No issues were identified through our testing which indicate client relationships and goodwill were 
materially misstated for the year ended 30 September 2017. 

How the scope of our  
audit responded

Key observations

Assumptions underlying the calculation of the pension scheme liability 
Description 

The group has recognised a defined benefit pension surplus of £4.5m (2016: £7.0m deficit).  
The net surplus comprises assets of £106.3m and liabilities of £101.9m.

How the scope of our audit 
responded

Key observations

The calculation of the liability is sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and is considered 
to be a key source of estimation uncertainty for the group as detailed in note 4, and disclosed in 
note 18.

The key assumptions are the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality rate where small changes 
to these assumptions could result in a material change to the pension liability valuation.
In order to evaluate the appropriateness of the assumptions used by management, we have 
assessed the design and implementation of controls over the review of assumptions and have 
used our own actuarial experts to make direct enquiries of the group’s actuary and review the key 
actuarial assumptions adopted in the IAS 19 (“Employee Benefits”) pension valuation. In particular 
we compared the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality assumptions to our independently 
determined benchmarks derived using market and other data.
No issues were identified through our testing which indicate a material misstatement in the 
assumptions underlying the pension scheme liability for the year ended 30 September 2017. 
Management’s assumptions were in a reasonable range when compared to our internal 
benchmarks, with the group’s assumptions being marginally conservative in comparison. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of 
our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group materiality
Basis for determining 
materiality
Rationale for the benchmark 
applied

£2.880m (2016: £2.485m)
5% of profit before tax from continuing operations which is consistent with our approach for the 
prior year audit.
Profit before tax was used as the basis for determining materiality as this is the key metric used by 
members of the parent company and other relevant stakeholders in assessing financial 
performance.

We agreed with the audit committee that we would report to the committee all audit differences in excess of 5% of materiality, 
£144,000 (2016: 2% of materiality £49,700), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. The change in the reporting threshold has been made to align with the thresholds typically used in listed 
company audits. We also report to the audit committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide controls and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group level.

The group consists of the main trading subsidiary, Brewin Dolphin Limited along with Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited, Brewin 
Dolphin MP Limited, and BDDL Limited. We focused our group audit scope primarily on Brewin Dolphin Limited which was subject 
to a full audit, and Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited and Brewin Dolphin MP were subject to an audit of specified account balances. 
At the year end all of the net assets of BDDL Limited had been transferred to Brewin Dolphin Limited and thus we did not scope in 
this entity.

Our coverage of the group audit enabled us to test 98.0% (2016: 97.5%) of the group’s revenue and its profit before tax. Our audit 
of Brewin Dolphin Limited used a component materiality of £2.875m (2016: £2.485m).

The majority of the operations of the group are based in the United Kingdom and are audited by Deloitte LLP. The only exception to 
this is Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited, an Irish company, which represents less than 2.5% (2016: 2.5%) of revenue and is audited by 
another Deloitte member firm.

78 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report, strategic report and directors' report other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement  
of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material 
misstatements of the other information include where we conclude that:

Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual 
report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy, 
is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not 
appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the directors’ 
statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the parent company’s compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance with 
Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the parent company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the parent company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the parent company and the parent company’s members as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 – the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 – the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of 
directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited 
is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

Other matters
Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 
April 2002 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2002 and subsequent financial periods. The period of 
total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 15 years, covering the years ended 
2002 to 2017.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

Robert Topley FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

28 November 2017

80 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Financial Statements

Contents
Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Company Balance Sheet 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
Company Cash Flow Statement 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
1.  General information 
2.  Application of new and revised International  
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’)  
and changes in accounting policies

Intangible assets 

3.  Significant accounting policies 
4.  Critical accounting judgements and key  
sources of estimation uncertainty
Income 

5. 
6.  Segmental information 
7.  Staff costs 
8.  Profit for the year 
Finance income and finance costs 
9. 
10. 
Income tax expense 
11.  Discontinued operations  
12.  Dividends 
13.  Earnings per share 
14. 
15.  Property, plant and equipment 
16. 
Investment in subsidiaries 
17.  Trade and other receivables 
18.  Defined benefit pension scheme 
19.  Net deferred tax asset 
20. 
21.  Cash and cash equivalents 
22.  Trade and other payables 
23.  Provisions 
24.  Share capital 
25.  Own shares 
26.  Other reserves 
27.  Business combinations  
28.  Financial instruments and risk management 
29.  Share-based payments 
30.  Operating lease arrangements 
31.  Contractual commitments 
32.  Notes to the Cash Flow Statement 
33.  Post balance sheet events 
34.  Related party transactions 

Investments 

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
90
90 

92
98 

100
101
101
102
102
103
104
104
105
107
108
109
110
111
116
116
117
117
118
119
120
121
121
122
129
130
130
131
131
132

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationConsolidated Income Statement
Year ended 30 September 2017

Continuing operations
Revenue
Other operating income
Income

Staff costs
Redundancy costs
Onerous contracts
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships
One-off migration costs
Acquisition costs
Incentivisation awards
Other operating costs
Operating expenses

Operating profit
Finance income
Other gains and losses
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent 

Earnings per share
From continuing operations
Basic
Diluted

From continuing and discontinued operations
Basic
Diluted

Note

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

5
5

7
7

14

27

9

9

10

11

13
13

13
13

 303,896 
568 
 304,464 

280,484
1,866
282,350

(162,689)
 (742)
(1,969)
(6,650)
 – 
(1,683)
(1,297)
(71,766)
(246,796)

 57,668 
161 
2 
 (188)
 57,643 
(12,490)
 45,153 

(152,175)
(2,780)
(311)
(6,287)
(1,596)
–
–
(69,458)
(232,607)

49,743
514
(3)
(192)
50,062
(11,095)
38,967

 – 
 45,153 

11,395
50,362

 45,153 
 45,153 

50,362
50,362

16.5p
16.0p

14.4p
13.9p

16.5p
16.0p

18.6p
17.9p

82 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Year ended 30 September 2017

Profit for the year
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme
Deferred tax (charge)/credit on actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
Revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Deferred tax credit on revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent 

Note

18
19

20
19

2017
£’000
45,153

2016
£’000
50,362

8,558
(1,383)
7,175

(7,031)
1,109
(5,922)

(75)
14
92
31
7,206
52,359

(30)
6
559
535
(5,387)
44,975

52,359
52,359

44,975
44,975

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
As at 30 September 2017

Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other receivables
Defined benefit pension scheme
Net deferred tax asset
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Available-for-sale investments
Trading investments
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Total current liabilities
Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Defined benefit pension scheme
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Own shares
Revaluation reserve
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 28 November 2017.

Signed on its behalf by

David Nicol 
Chief Executive 

Andrew Westenberger
Finance Director

Note

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

14
15
17
18
19

20
20
17
21

22

23

18
23

24
24
25
26
26

95,791
3,840
200
4,487
6,743
111,061

736
36
243,144
169,995
413,911
524,972

245,309
4,993
3,755
254,057
159,854

–
8,339
8,339
262,396
262,576

81,053
4,822
307
–
7,799
93,981

833
1,093
218,118
170,766
390,810
484,791

221,945
3,388
3,097
228,430
162,380

6,952
6,600
13,552
241,982
242,809

2,833
152,320
(25,921)
(85)
70,553
62,876
262,576

2,830
151,836
(29,294)
(24)
70,553
46,908
242,809

84 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Year ended 30 September 2017

Attributable to the equity holders of the parent 

At 30 September 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year

Deferred and current tax on other comprehensive 
income
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme
Revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
operations

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
Dividends 
Issue of share capital
Own shares acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options
Own shares disposed of
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 September 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year

Deferred and current tax on other comprehensive 
income
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme
Revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
operations

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
Dividends 
Issue of share capital
Own shares acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 September 2017

Share  
capital 
£’000

Share  
premium 
account 
£’000
2,793  142,135 
– 

– 

Own  
shares 
£’000
 (28,153)
– 

Revaluation 
reserve 
£’000
– 
– 

Merger 
reserve 
£’000
70,553 
– 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£’000

Total
£’000
31,823  219,151 
50,362  50,362 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

 6 
– 
(30)

– 
– 
– 

1,109 
 (7,031)
– 

1,115 
 (7,031)
(30)

– 
– 
– 
 37 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
9,701 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
2,830  151,836 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
 (7,220)
5,853 
 226 
– 
– 
 (29,294)
– 

– 
(24)
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(24) 70,553 
– 

– 

 559 
44,999 
 (32,818)
– 
– 
 (5,853)
 84 
8,387 
 286 

 559 
44,975 
 (32,818)
9,738 
 (7,220)
– 
 310 
8,387 
 286 
46,908  242,809 
45,153  45,153 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

 14 
– 
(75)

– 
– 
– 

 (1,383)
8,558 
– 

 (1,369)
8,558 
(75)

– 
– 
– 
 3 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
 484 
– 
– 
– 
– 
2,833  152,320 

– 
– 
– 
– 
 (5,807)
9,180 
– 
– 
 (25,921)

– 
(61)
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(85) 70,553 

 92 
52,420 
 (36,614)
– 
– 
 (9,180)
8,052 
1,290 

 92 
52,359 
 (36,614)
 487 
 (5,807)
– 
8,052 
1,290 
62,876  262,576 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Company Balance Sheet 
As at 30 September 2017

Assets
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Other receivables
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Total current liabilities
Net current assets

Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Own shares
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account
Equity attributable to equity holders

Approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 28 November 2017.

Signed on its behalf by

David Nicol 
Chief Executive 

Andrew Westenberger
Finance Director

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC 
Company Number: 02685806

Note

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

16
17

17
21

22

24
24
25
26
26

 192,020 
 – 
 192,020 

191,429
50
191,479

 53,802 
433 
54,235 
 246,255 

46,151
686
46,837
238,316

 10,700 
 10,700 
 43,535 

12,313
12,313
34,524

 10,700 
 235,555 

12,313
226,003

 2,833 
 152,320 
(25,921)
 70,838 
 35,485 
 235,555 

2,830
151,836
(29,294)
70,838
29,793
226,003

86 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
Year ended 30 September 2017

At 30 September 2015
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends 
Issue of share capital
Own shares acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options
Own shares disposed of
Share-based payments
At 30 September 2016
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends 
Issue of share capital
Own shares acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options
Share-based payments
At 30 September 2017

Attributable to the equity holders of the Company

Share capital 
£'000
2,793
–
–
–
37
–
–
–
–
2,830
–
–
–
3
–
–
–
2,833

Share premium 
account 
£'000
142,135
–
–
–
9,701
–
–
–
–
151,836
–
–
–
484
–
–
–
152,320

Own shares 
£'000
(28,153)
–
–
–
–
(7,220)
5,853
226
–
(29,294)
–
–
–
–
(5,807)
9,180
–
(25,921)

Merger reserve 
£'000
70,838
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
70,838
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
70,838

Profit and loss 
account 
£'000
30,109
29,884
29,884
(32,818)
–
–
(5,853)
84
8,387
29,793
43,434
43,434
(36,614)
–
–
(9,180)
8,052
35,485

Total 
£'000
217,722
29,884
29,884
(32,818)
9,738
(7,220)
–
310
8,387
226,003
43,434
43,434
(36,614)
487
(5,807)
–
8,052
235,555

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationConsolidated Cash Flow Statement
Year ended 30 September 2017

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets – software
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of available-for-sale investments
Acquisition of subsidiary
Proceeds on disposal of discontinued operation
Proceeds on disposal of trading investments
Proceeds on disposal of available-for-sale investments
Net cash (used in)/from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Purchase of own shares
Disposal of own shares
Proceeds on issue of shares
Net cash used in financing activities

Note
32

2017 
£'000
 67,463 

2016 
£'000
52,033

27
11

12
25

(1,437)
 (589)
 (18)
(25,500)
 – 
 1,149 
42 
(26,353)

(36,614)
(5,807)
 – 
487 
(41,934)

(5,238)
(373)
(770)
–
14,000
–
47
7,666

(32,818)
(7,220)
310
433
(39,295)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

 (824)

20,404

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 October
Effect of foreign exchange rates
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September

 170,766 
53 
 169,995 

149,823
539
170,766

21

88 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Cash Flow Statement 
Year ended 30 September 2017

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Disposal of own shares
Proceeds on issue of shares
Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 October
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September

Note
32

12

21

2017 
£'000
 35,874 

2016 
£'000
32,502

(36,614)
 – 
487 
(36,127)

(32,818)
310
433
(32,075)

(253)

686 
433 

427

259
686

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

1.  General information 
The consolidated financial statements of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 30 September 2017 were authorised for issue by the Directors on 28 November 2017.

The Company is incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The nature of the Group’s operations and its 
principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report. 

The Company is registered in England and Wales. The address of the registered office is 12 Smithfield Street, London EC1A 9BD. 
The separate financial statements of the Company are also reported.

Note 16 identifies the subsidiaries that have taken advantage under s479A of the Companies Act 2006, of the exemption from audit.

The significant accounting policies have been disclosed below. The accounting policies for the Group and the Company are 
consistent unless otherwise stated.

2. 

 Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRSs’) and changes in accounting policies

a.  New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted 
In the current year, there have been no new standards, amendments or interpretations adopted that have had a material impact 
on the disclosures or amounts reported in these financial statements.

b.  Changes in accounting policies 
There have been no changes to accounting policies in the year.

c.  New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective 
The table below sets out changes to accounting standards which will be effective for periods beginning on or after:

IAS 71
IAS 121
IFRS 21
IFRS 41 
IFRS 9 (2014)
IFRS 15
IFRS 151
IFRIC 221
IAS 401
IFRS 161
IFRIC 231
IFRS 171
Annual 
Improvements  
to IFRS1

Amendments to Disclosure Initiative
Amendments to Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses
Amendments to Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions
Amendments to Applying IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' with IFRS 4 'Insurance Contracts'
Financial Instruments
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Clarifications to Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration
Amendments to Transfers of Investment Property
Leases
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
Insurance Contracts
2014–2016 Cycle: Makes amendments to the following standards: IFRS 1, IFRS 12  
and IAS 28.

Effective for period 
beginning on or after 
1 January
2017
2017
2018
2018
2018
2018
2018
2018
2018
2019
2019
2021
2018 (IFRS 1 and  
IAS 28) and 2017  
(IFRS 12) 

1.  These amendments have not yet been endorsed by the EU.

The Directors are reviewing the impact of these new standards, amendments and interpretations and do not intend to adopt the 
standards early. It is not currently expected that these will have a material impact except for IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016 and is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 (the standard is yet to be 
endorsed by the EU). The Group does not intend to adopt the standard early. Therefore, it will first be applicable to the Group’s 
accounting period ending 30 September 2020. 

The standard represents a significant change in the accounting and reporting of leases for lessees as it provides a single lessee 
accounting model that replaces the current model where leases are either recognised as a finance or operating lease. 

Under the single lessee model, a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability will be recognised which represent future lease payables, 
with movements through the Income Statement representing depreciation, additions or releases on the liability and unwinding of the discount 
for all leases unless the underlying asset has a low value or the remaining lease term is less than twelve months at the date of transition. 

90 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Accounting requirements for lessors are substantially unchanged from IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

Transition
On transition to IFRS 16, the Group can choose to apply one of two transition methods; 

 – the full retrospective transition method, whereby IFRS 16 is applied to all its contracts as if it had always applied; or 

 – the modified retrospective approach with optional practical expedients. 

A practical expedient exists that allows an entity not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial 
application of the standard. 

Impact
The Group is primarily a lessee and is also a sub-lessor for a small number of property leases that have been identified as onerous.

On adoption, lease agreements will give rise to both a right of use asset and a lease liability for future lease payables. The right 
of use asset will be depreciated over the shorter of the expected life of the asset and the lease term on a straight-line basis and 
recognised in the Income Statement. The lease liability will be reduced by lease payments, offset by the unwinding of the liability 
over the lease term. Interest recognised on the lease liability will be charged to the Income Statement.

The depreciation and interest charges will replace the lease costs currently charged to the Income Statement on a straight line 
basis. This will result in a change to the profile of the charge taken to the Income Statement over the life of the lease; higher 
expenses are recognised in earlier years of the lease, with a reduction in the annual expenses in the later years of the lease 
owing to the application of the actuarial method of accounting for the lease liability. 

An assessment of the impact of the new standard is currently being undertaken and work being performed includes an assessment  
of the accounting impacts of the change, the process of collecting the required data, identification of leases within the Group which  
fall within the scope of the standard and the necessary changes to systems and processes. 

It is not yet practicable to provide a reliable estimate of the financial impact on the Group’s consolidated results. However, 
from the assessment to date, the Directors expect implementation of the new standard will have a material impact on the 
consolidated results of the Group. The Group has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of £58.7 million, see note 30.

It is likely that the Group will adopt the modified retrospective transition approach and take advantage of the practical expedient 
as detailed above.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’
IFRS 15 is effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. The standard was endorsed by the EU during 2016 
and supersedes existing revenue recognition standards, including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IFRIC 13 
Customer Loyalty Programmes. The Group does not intend to adopt the standard early; therefore, it will first be applicable to the 
Group’s accounting period ending 30 September 2019. 

The new standard establishes a principle based five step model to be applied to all contracts with customers, except for insurance 
contracts, financial instruments and lease contracts.

The Group will be required to identify all contracts it has with customers in order to determine whether, how much and when 
revenue is recognised. The Group is in the process of quantifying the potential impact of adopting the standard, based on its 
existing revenue streams. 

The Group has conducted a preliminary assessment of the potential impact of the new standard; it is not currently expected to 
have a material financial impact on the amount and timing of revenue recognised under IFRS 15 in the Group financial statements, 
however it may result in changes to presentation and disclosure.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
IFRS 9 is effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. The standard was endorsed by the EU during 2016.  
The Group does not intend to adopt this standard early, therefore, it will first be applicable to the Group’s accounting period  
ending 30 September 2019. 

IFRS 9 changes the classification and measurement of financial instruments, the timing and extent of credit provisioning,  
new hedge accounting requirements and enhanced disclosures in the financial statements. The Group does not use hedge 
accounting and so this element of the new standard is not applicable.

The Group has conducted a preliminary assessment of the potential impact of the new standard; it is not currently expected to 
have a material financial impact on the Group financial statements. However, the adoption of the standard will result in both the 
reclassification of certain financial assets and changes to disclosure.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

3.  Significant accounting policies
a.  Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements for both the Group and the Company have been prepared in accordance with  
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) adopted by the European Union, Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation  
and Companies Act 2006.

b.  Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the functional currency of the Company, rounded to the 
nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except where otherwise indicated.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial 
instruments. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the goods and services. 

c.  Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company 
(its subsidiaries).

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses 
control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the 
consolidated Income Statement from the date the Company gains control until the date when the Company ceases to control 
the subsidiary.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies into line with 
those used by the Group. 

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

In accordance with Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC has taken advantage of the legal 
dispensation not to present its own Statement of Comprehensive Income or Income Statement. The amount of the profit for the 
financial period dealt with in the financial statements of the Company is disclosed in the Company Statement of Changes in Equity.

d.  Going concern 
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. Further detail is contained in the going concern statement and 
the Viability Statement included in the Strategic Report on page 37.

e.  Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition 
is measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of exchange) of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the Income 
Statement as incurred. 

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value at the 
acquisition date.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred the excess is recognised immediately in 
the Income Statement as a bargain purchase gain.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of 
acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments. All other subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent 
consideration classified as an asset or liability are accounted for in accordance with relevant IFRSs. Changes in the fair value of 
contingent consideration classified as equity are not recognised. 

f.  Transaction date accounting
All securities transactions entered into on behalf of clients are recorded in the accounts on the date of the transaction.  
The underlying investments are not shown in the financial statements of the Group. 

92 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
g.  Foreign currencies
In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity's functional currency 
(foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet 
date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. 
Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date 
when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are 
not retranslated. 

Exchange differences are recognised in the Income Statement in the period in which they arise. 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of 
transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

h.  Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents investment management fees, 
investment management commissions, financial planning income and other income, excluding VAT, receivable in the period. 

Investment management and financial planning income 
Investment management fees and financial planning income are recognised in the period in which the related service is provided 
and commissions are recognised when the transaction is performed.

Interest income
Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, 
which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s 
net carrying amount.

Dividend income
Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have been established.

Dividends received and receivable are credited to the Income Statement to the extent that they represent a realised profit and loss 
for the Company.

i.  Other operating income
Interest receivable and payable on client money balances is netted to calculate the Group’s share of interest receivable and included 
under the heading ‘Other operating income’.

j.  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and bank overdrafts. 

k.  Leases
Rentals on operating leases are charged to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Benefits received 
and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is 
spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

l.  Share-based payments
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value of the equity instruments at the date of grant. 
The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of 
equity–settled share-based transactions are set out in note 29. 

Fair value is measured by use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, 
based on management's best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises 
its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. 
The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income Statement such that the cumulative expense 
reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
m. Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Income 
Statement because it excludes items of income or expenses that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using 
the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable 
profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
based on tax laws and rates that have been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which 
the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax is charged or credited in the Income Statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in 
other comprehensive income, in which case the current and deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

n.  Investments in subsidiaries
In the Company’s financial statements investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. 

o.  Intangible assets 
i)  Goodwill 
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is 
reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Income Statement and is not reversed 
in a subsequent period (see note 3(u) for the Impairment accounting policy).

When the consideration transferred by the Group is deferred or contingent, this is valued at its acquisition date fair value, and is 
included in the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in the deferred or contingent consideration, which 
occur in the measurement period, are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments to goodwill. Subsequent to the 
measurement period, the deferred and contingent considerations are revised annually at the balance sheet date and any 
corresponding adjustments are posted to the Income Statement. 

94 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
ii)  Client relationships
Intangible assets classified as ‘client relationships’ are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination or when 
separate payments are made to acquire funds by adding teams of investment managers. Client relationships acquired separately 
are initially recognised at cost. If acquired as part of a business combination the initial cost of client relationships is the fair value at 
the acquisition date. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses. 

When separate payments are made to acquire funds by adding teams of investment managers, elements of the total consideration 
may be deferred or contingent. In such cases the cost of the recognised client relationships includes the Company’s best estimate 
of the future consideration likely to be made, discounted to present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money, and is revised at each balance sheet date. 

Client relationships are amortised over seven to fifteen years, dependent upon the assessment of the estimated useful life of the 
client relationships.

iii)  Computer software
Computer software which is not an integral part of the related hardware is classified as an intangible asset. Costs of acquiring 
computer software are treated as an intangible asset and amortised over three to ten years, dependent upon the assessment of 
the expected useful life of the software, on a straight-line basis from the date the software is operating as management intended. 

The assessment of the expected useful life of computer software is based on the contractual terms or where appropriate past 
experience of the life of similar assets.

p.  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment. Depreciation has 
been provided on the basis of equal annual instalments to write off the cost less estimated residual values of tangible fixed assets 
over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Computer equipment 

Office equipment 

3 to 4 years

4 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements 

to the earlier of the first break clause of the lease or 10 years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in the Income Statement.

q.  Fair value measurement
The Group measures financial instruments and certain non-financial assets at fair value at each balance sheet date.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation 
technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability 
if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. 
Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, 
except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of 
IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as value in use in IAS 36.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to 
which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in 
its entirety, which are described as follows:

 – Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the 

measurement date;

 – Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

directly or indirectly; and

 – Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
r.  Financial instruments 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when a Group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instruments.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial 
recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit or loss are recognised immediately in the Income Statement. 

i)  Financial assets
Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: 

 – financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (‘FVTPL’); 

 – available-for-sale financial assets; and 

 – loans and receivables.

The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets are classified as FVTPL where the financial asset is held-for-trading. A financial asset is classified as held-for-trading 
if it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future.

Financial assets classified as FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss on remeasurement recognised in the 
Income Statement. The net gain or loss recognised in the Income Statement incorporates any dividends or interest earned on the 
financial asset and is included in the Income Statement. Their value is determined in the manner described in note 3(q).

Available-for-sale financial assets (‘AFS’)
Certain assets held by the Group are classified as being available-for-sale and are stated at fair value. Unlisted shares that are not 
traded in an active market are stated at fair value where the directors consider that fair value can be reliably measured. Fair value is 
determined in the manner described in note 3(q). Gains and losses are recognised directly in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the revaluation reserve with the exception of permanent impairment losses which are recognised directly in the 
Income Statement. Where the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired, the cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognised in the revaluation reserve is reclassified to the Income Statement. 

Dividends on AFS equity instruments are recognised in the Income Statement when the Group’s right to receive payment 
is established.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments and are not quoted in an active market 
are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, 
less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when 
the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Financial assets 
are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the 
financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been affected. The carrying amount of the financial asset is 
reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets.

For listed and unlisted equity investments classified as AFS, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below 
its cost is considered to be objective evidence of the impairment.

When an AFS financial asset is considered to be impaired, cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in other comprehensive 
income are reclassified to the Income Statement in the period. In subsequent periods if the amount of impaired loss decreases, in 
respect of AFS equity securities, impairment losses previously recognised in the Income Statement are not reversed through the 
Income Statement. Any increase in fair value subsequent to an impairment loss is recognised in other comprehensive income.

96 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
ii)  Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities ‘at FVTPL’ or ‘other financial liabilities’. Financial liabilities are classified as 
FVTPL where the financial liability is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL. 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognised in the Income 
Statement. The net gain or loss recognised in the Income Statement incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability and is 
included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line item in the Income Statement. Fair value is determined in the manner described in 
note 3(q).

Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective 
yield basis.

s.  Netting of balances
Amounts due to and from counterparties due to settle on balance are shown net where there is a currently enforceable legal right 
to set off the recognised amounts and an operational intention to settle net. Amounts due to and from counterparties due to settle 
against delivery of stock are shown gross.

t.  Post-retirement benefits
i)  Costs
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged as an expense when employees have rendered services 
entitling them to the contributions.

For defined benefit retirement benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Method, 
with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date. Remeasurements comprising actuarial gains and losses 
and the return on scheme assets (excluding interest) are recognised immediately in the Balance Sheet with a charge or credit to 
the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the Statement of 
Other Comprehensive Income is not recycled.

Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset and net-interest expense or income 
is recognised within finance costs (see note 9).

ii)  Defined benefit pension scheme asset/liability
The defined benefit pension scheme asset/liability recognised in the Balance Sheet represents the present value of the defined 
benefit pension scheme obligation as reduced by the fair value of scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited 
to past service cost, plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the scheme.

Any asset recognised is only recognised to the extent that the Group is able, without condition or restriction placed on it by the 
trustees, to run the Scheme until the last member dies, without benefits being augmented; wind up the Scheme at that point;  
and reclaim any remaining monies. 

u.  Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether 
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of 
the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired. Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-
generating unit (‘CGU’) to which the asset belongs. 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
For the purposes of impairment testing, client relationships and goodwill are allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units. 
Fair value is established by valuing clients’ funds in each of the cash-generating units at the period end; the percentages of funds 
being used depend on values attributed in recent public transactions for the purchase of advisory and discretionary funds. If the 
carrying amount relating to any cash-generating unit exceeds the calculated fair value less costs to sell, a value in use is calculated 
using a discounted cash flow method. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the 
unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other 
assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit.

If the recoverable amount of any asset other than client relationships or goodwill is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, 
the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately, 
unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

v.  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the 
balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using 
the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (where the 
effect of the time value of money is material).

Where some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party,  
a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received and the amount receivable  
can be measured reliably.

Onerous contracts
Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as provisions. An onerous contract is considered 
to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed 
the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

w. Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale.

Components of the Group are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered or settled principally through a 
sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as being met only when the sale is highly probable 
and the component is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 

x.  Employee share ownership trusts
Brewin Dolphin Limited is the sponsoring employer of the Brewin Dolphin Share Incentive Plan Trust and the Brewin Dolphin 
Holdings PLC Employee Share Ownership Trust. The assets and liabilities of the trusts are recognised as those of Brewin Dolphin 
Holdings PLC and obligations of the trusts are regarded as obligations of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC. Shares of Brewin Dolphin 
Holdings PLC held by the trusts are treated as own shares held and shown as a deduction in equity. 

4.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 3, the Directors are required to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year, or in the year of the revision and future years if the 
revision affects both current and future years.

98 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
a.  Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
i.  Business combinations
The Group applies judgement in determining whether a transaction is a business combination, which includes consideration  
as to whether the Group has acquired a business or a group of assets. 

In making this judgement, the Group assesses the assets, liabilities, operations and processes that were the subject of the 
transaction against the definition of a business in IFRS 3. 

On 10 May 2017, the Group’s principal operating subsidiary (Brewin Dolphin Limited) acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of 
Duncan Lawrie Asset Management Limited (‘DLAM’). It has been judged that the acquisition should be accounted for as a business 
combination given control of a separate legal entity was acquired and all of the value of the business was transferred. 

See note 27 for additional information.

b.  Key sources of estimation uncertainty
i.  Business combinations
As part of any business combination the Group recognises all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair 
values, including any separately identifiable intangibles assets such as the client relationship intangibles recognised as part of the 
DLAM acquisition (as set out in note 4.a.i. above).

The value attributed to the client relationships affects the amount of goodwill recognised, this value together with the assessment  
of useful economic lives determines future amortisation charges.

The valuation of the client relationship intangible asset gives rise to estimation uncertainty. Certain assumptions regarding the 
amount, timing and discounting of future cash flows have been adopted in order to determine these fair values.

The Group has recognised client relationship intangibles of £25,500,000 (see note 14 and 27), arising from the DLAM business' 
relationship with its clients.

If the fair value of the assets acquired moved by 10% then the value of the client relationship intangibles acquired would decrease/
increase by £2,500,000 resulting in the recognition of either goodwill or a gain on bargain purchase.

ii.  Goodwill and client relationships
Amortisation of client relationships 
The useful economic life over which client relationships are amortised is determined by the expected duration of the client 
relationships which are determined with reference to past experience of account closures, in particular the average life of those 
relationships, and future expectations. During the year, client relationships were amortised over a 7 to 15 year period. 

The amortisation for the year was £6,650,000 (2016: £6,287,000). A reduction in the average amortisation period by one year 
would increase the amortisation expense for the year by £2,154,000 (2016: £2,144,000).

Impairment of goodwill and client relationships
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit ('CGU') exceeds its recoverable amount.  
The recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.

For the purposes of impairment testing, the Group values the recoverable amount of goodwill and client relationships at the fair 
value less costs of disposal. The calculation of the fair value less costs of disposal is based on the valuation of the funds, which 
make up the relevant intangible asset. A percentage is applied to funds (3% for discretionary funds and 1% for advisory funds) to 
determine the fair value. These percentages have been based on recent public transactions.

Therefore, the recoverable amount is sensitive to movements in the valuation of funds. The key assumptions used to determine the 
recoverable amount for the different CGUs, including a sensitivity analysis, are disclosed and further explained in note 14.

Note 3.u explains the accounting policy with respect to the impairment of intangible assets.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

4.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
(continued)
iii. Defined benefit pension scheme
The calculation of the present value of the defined benefit pension scheme is determined by using actuarial valuations. Management 
make key assumptions in determining the inputs into the actuarial valuations, which may differ from actual developments in the future. 
These assumptions are governed by IAS 19 Employee Benefits, and include the determination of the discount rate, life expectancies, 
inflation rates and future salary increases. Due to the complexities in the valuation, the defined benefit pension scheme obligation is 
highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. The detailed assumptions, including a sensitivity analysis, are set out in note 18.

During the year, the defined benefit pension scheme has moved from a deficit of £6,952,000 to a surplus of £4,487,000.  
See note 18 page 112 ‘Defined benefit pension scheme asset recognition basis’ for further detail.

iv. Share-based payments
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Group grants awards under the LTIP. The scheme includes performance based vesting conditions, which impacts the amount 
of benefit paid. The Group has made assumptions on the likelihood of meeting the performance conditions in determining the 
expense in the year. The LTIP charge for the year was £795,000 (2016: £337,000).

If all of the performance conditions were assumed to be met; the charge for the year would increase by £637,000 (2016: £1,692,000); 
an absolute increase of 10% in the vesting assumptions would increase the charge for the year by £225,000 (2016: £300,000). 

Further information on the scheme is disclosed in note 29. 

v.  Provisions
Onerous leases
The Group recognises a provision for several onerous property leases of £5,367,000 (2016: £4,135,000). The valuation of an 
onerous lease is based on the best estimate of the likely future costs discounted to present value. Where the provision is in relation 
to premises and it is more likely than not that the premises will be sublet, an allowance for sublease income has been included in 
the valuation. The ultimate amount of the provision is dependent on the timing of any sublet and the associated terms of the sublet 
achieved. 

If the assumptions regarding unconfirmed sublet income are removed, the provision would increase by £7,958,000 (2016: £6,355,000) 
to £12,094,000 (2016: £10,490,000). A delay of one year to the assumed sublets would increase the onerous lease provision and 
Income Statement expense for the year by £973,000. Further information is disclosed in note 23.

Income

5. 
Group

Continuing operations
Investment management fee income
Investment management commission income
Financial planning income
Trail income
Revenue
Other operating income
Income from continuing operations

Discontinued operations (note 11)
Commission income
Trail income
Fee income
Revenue
Other operating income
Income from discontinued operations

Income from continuing and discontinued operations

100 

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

217,138
65,969
20,789
–
303,896
568
304,464

190,533
70,999
17,483
1,469
280,484
1,866
282,350

–
–
–
–
–
–

2,946
93
310
3,349
30
3,379

304,464

285,729

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
6.  Segmental information
Group
For management reporting purposes the Group currently has a single operating segment: the Investment Management division. 
This forms the reportable segment of the Group for the year. Please refer to the Consolidated Income Statement on page 82  
and the Consolidated Balance Sheet on page 84 for numerical information.

The Group’s operations are carried out in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and the Republic of Ireland. The operations in the 
Channel Islands and the Republic of Ireland are not material and accordingly geographical segmental disclosures are not included. 
All segmental income related to external clients. 

The accounting policies of the operating segment are the same as those of the Group.

7.  Staff costs
Group

The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) by category was:
Client-facing
Business support

2017
No.

882
812
1,694

2016
No.

892
851
1,743

The aggregate remuneration (including Executive 
Directors) comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Apprenticeship levy
Termination benefits – redundancy costs
Defined contribution scheme and death in service 
contributions

Staff costs
Redundancy costs

Continuing  
operations 

Discontinued  
operations

Total

2017 
£'000

2016
£'000

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

126,763
15,971
8,052
417
1,662

120,085
13,927
8,387
–
2,780

10,566
163,431

9,776
154,955

162,689
742
163,431

152,175
2,780
154,955

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

171
14
–
–
–

18
203

203
–
203

126,763
15,971
8,052
417
1,662

120,256
13,941
8,387
–
2,780

10,566
163,431

9,794
155,158

162,689
742
163,431

152,378
2,780
155,158

Company
The Company does not have any employees (2016: none).

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

101

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

8.  Profit for the year
Group
Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
(note 15)
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships 
(note 14)
Amortisation of intangible assets – software (note 14)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment  
(note 11 and 15)
Impairment of intangible assets – software (note 11 
and 14)
Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of trade receivables 
(note 17)
Auditor's remuneration (see analysis below)

Analysis of auditor’s remuneration:

Continuing  
operations 

Discontinued  
operations

2017
£'000
66

2016
£'000
(65)

2017
£'000
–

1,917

2,773

6,650
5,200

6,287
3,741

–

–

16
762

–

–

(58)
534

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

2016
£'000
–

732

–
700

335

345

–
–

Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company's auditor and their associates for other services to the Group: the audit of 
the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for audit scope changes
Regulatory assurance work
Additional fees for regulatory assurance work

Other services
AAF 01/06 – controls assurance report
Interim review
Other assurance services

Total

2017
£'000
66

2016
£'000
(65)

1,917

3,505

6,650
5,200

6,287
4,441

–

–

16
762

335

345

(58)
534

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

64

277
50
158
50
599

71
52
40
762

64

245
–
106
–
415

69
50
–
534

Details of the Group’s policy on the use of the auditor for non-audit services are set out in the Audit Committee Report on page 54.

9.  Finance income and finance costs
Group 

Continuing  
operations 

Finance income
Interest on bank deposits

Finance costs
Interest expense on defined benefit pension scheme
Unwind of discounts on provisions
Interest on bank overdrafts

2017
£'000

 161 
 161 

 119 
 58 
 11 
 188 

2016
£'000

 514 
 514 

 52 
 75 
 65 
 192 

102 

Discontinued  
operations

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

– 
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
 134 
–
 134 

Total

2016
£'000

 514 
 514 

 52 
 209 
 65 
 326 

2017
£'000

 161 
 161 

 119 
 58 
 11 
 188 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  Income tax expense 
Group

Current tax
United Kingdom:

Charge for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Overseas:

Charge/(credit) for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax 
United Kingdom:

Continuing  
operations 

Discontinued  
operations

Total

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

11,594 
 (157)

 309 
 (8)
11,738 

8,806 
 237 

 (8)
 35 
9,070 

–
–

–
–
–

– 
–
–

–

1,355 
 (395)

11,594 
 (157)

10,161 
 (158)

–
–
 960 

 309 
 (8)
11,738 

 (8)
 35 
10,030 

1,675 
–
1,675 

 705 
 47 
 752 

3,985 
 (285)
3,700 

2,635 

12,490 

13,730 

Charge for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax (see note 19)

 705 
 47 
 752 

2,310 
 (285)
2,025 

Tax charged to the Income Statement 

12,490 

11,095 

United Kingdom corporation tax is calculated at 19.5% (2016: 20%) of the estimated taxable profit for the year. The Finance Act 
2015 applied a 20% rate up to 31 March 2017 and Finance (No.2) Act 2015 reduced the rate applicable thereafter to 19%.  
The Finance Act 2016 reduces the rate still further from 1 April 2020 to 17%.

Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the relevant prevailing rates in the respective jurisdictions.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the Income Statement as follows:

Profit before tax on continuing operations
Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 19.5% (2016: 20%)
Tax effect of:

Expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Impact of defined benefit scheme contributions
Leasehold property
Share-based payments
Over provision for tax in previous years
Lower rates in subsidiaries
Impact of deferred tax rate change

Tax expense for the year
Effective tax rate for the year

2017
£'000
57,643
11,240

1,419
(23)
197
(162)
(118)
(154)
91
12,490
21.7%

2016
£'000
50,062
10,012

521
(99)
251
241
(13)
32
150
11,095
22.2%

There are no material uncertainties within the calculation of corporation tax. The tax provisions are based on tax legislations in the 
relevant jurisdictions and have not required any judgements or material estimates.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

11.  Discontinued operations
Group
The results of the discontinued operation included in the Group's Consolidated Income Statement, were as follows:

Revenue
Expenses
Operating profit
Costs of separation
Profit before tax
Attributable tax expense
Loss after tax
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations
Attributable tax expense
Net profit attributable to discontinued operations

Costs of separation consist of the following items:

Impairment

Intangible asset – see note 14
Tangible asset – see note 15

Onerous contract release
Other
Total costs of separation

2017
£'000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 –
–

2017
£'000

–
–
–
–
–

2016
£'000
3,379
(3,339)
40
(10)
30
(43)
(13)
14,000
(2,592)
11,395 

2016
£'000

(345)
(335)
680
(10)
(10)

The discontinued operation contributed the following cash flows included within the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement:

Net cash outflows from operating activities
Net cash inflows from investing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

12.  Dividends
Group and Company

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year: 
2015/2016 Final dividend paid 10 March 2017, 9.15p per share (2016: 8.25p per share)
2016/2017 Interim dividend paid 16 June 2017, 4.25p per share (2016: 3.85p per share)

2017
£'000
(172)
–
(172)

2016
£'000
(8,206)
14,000
5,794

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

 24,996 
 11,618 
 36,614 

22,374
10,444
32,818

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2017 of 10.75p (2016: 9.15p) per share based 
on shares in issue at 23 November 2017 (2016: 24 November 2016)

29,430

24,865

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2017 of 10.75p per share is subject to approval by shareholders at 
the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements. 

Under an arrangement dated 1 April 2011, Computershare Trustees (Jersey) Limited (the ‘Trustee’), holds 9,817,002 Ordinary 
Shares representing 3.5% of the Company's called up share capital in relation to employee share schemes, has agreed to waive 
all dividends due to the Trustee.

104 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  Earnings per share
Group
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Number of shares
Basic
Weighted average number of shares in issue in the year
Diluted
Effect of weighted average number of options outstanding for the year
Diluted weighted average number of options and shares for the year
Adjusted1 diluted
Effect of full dilution of employee share options which are contingently issuable  
or have future attributable service costs
Adjusted1 diluted weighted average number of options and shares for the year

a) Continuing operations

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders
Basic and diluted profit for the year
Redundancy costs
Onerous contracts
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships
Acquisition costs
Incentivisation awards
One-off migration costs
Disposal of available-for-sale investments

 less tax effect of above

Adjusted basic and diluted profit for the year and attributable earnings

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

Adjusted2 earnings per share
Basic
Adjusted1 diluted

2017
'000

2016
'000

272,840 

271,072

10,162 
283,002 

9,984
281,056

2,406 
285,408 

4,637
285,693

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

45,153
742
1,969
6,650
1,683
1,297
–
(2)
(1,481)
56,011

38,967
2,780
311
6,287
–
–
1,596
3
(2,042)
47,902

2017

2016

16.5p 
16.0p 

14.4p
13.9p

20.5p 
19.6p 

17.7p
16.8p

1.  The dilutive shares used for this measure differ from that used for statutory dilutive earnings per share; the future value of service costs attributable to employee share 
options is ignored and contingently issuable shares for Long Term Incentive Plan ('LTIP') options are assumed to fully vest. The Directors have selected this measure 
as it represents the underlying effective dilution by offsetting the impact to the calculation of basic shares of the purchase of shares by the Employee Share Ownership 
Trust ('ESOT') to satisfy options. 

2.  Excluding redundancy costs, onerous contracts, amortisation of client relationships, acquisition costs, incentivisation awards, one-off migration costs and disposal of 

available-for-sale investments.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

13.  Earnings per share (continued)
b) Continuing and discontinued operations

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders
Basic and diluted profit for the year
Redundancy costs
Onerous contracts
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships
Acquisition costs
Incentivisation awards
One-off migration costs
Disposal of available-for-sale investments

less tax effect of above

Adjusted basic and diluted profit for the year and attributable earnings

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

Adjusted2 earnings per share
Basic
Adjusted1 diluted

2017
£'000

2016
£'000

45,153
742
1,969
6,650
1,683
1,297
–
(2)
(1,481)
56,011

50,362
2,780
311
6,287
–
–
1,596
3
(2,042)
59,297

2017

2016

16.5p 
16.0p 

18.6p
17.9p

20.5p 
19.6p 

21.9p
20.8p

c) Discontinued operations
The denominators used are the same as those detailed above for both basic and diluted earnings from continuing operations.

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

Adjusted2 earnings per share
Basic
Adjusted1 diluted

2017

2016

– 
– 

– 
– 

4.2p
4.0p

4.2p
4.0p

1.  The dilutive shares used for this measure differ from that used for statutory dilutive earnings per share; the future value of service costs attributable to employee share 
options is ignored and contingently issuable shares for Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) options are assumed to fully vest. The Directors have selected this measure 
as it represents the underlying effective dilution by offsetting the impact to the calculation of basic shares of the purchase of shares by the Employee Share Ownership 
Trust (‘ESOT’) to satisfy options.

2.  Excluding redundancy cost, onerous contracts, amortisation of client relationships, acquisition costs, incentivisation awards, one-off migration costs and disposal of 

available-for-sale investments.

106 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  Intangible assets 

Group
Cost
At 30 September 2015

Additions 
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 30 September 2016

Additions 
Exchange differences
At 30 September 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
At 30 September 2015

Amortisation charge for the year
Eliminated on disposal
Exchange differences
Impairment losses for the year (see note 11)

At 30 September 2016

Amortisation charge for the year
Exchange differences
At 30 September 2017

Net book value
At 30 September 2017
At 30 September 2016
At 30 September 2015

Goodwill
£'000 

Client 
relationships
£'000

Software  
costs
£'000

Total
£'000

48,637 
–
–
–
48,637 
–
–
48,637 

 107,941 
 (65)
–
26 
 107,902 
 25,708 
3 
 133,613 

–
– 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

 78,805 
 6,287 
–
13 
–
 85,105 
 6,650 
2 
 91,757 

55,825 
5,189 
 (42,808)
–
18,206 
 879 
–
19,085 

46,609 
4,441 
 (42,808)
–
 345 
8,587 
5,200 
–
13,787 

212,403 
5,124 
 (42,808)
 26 
174,745 
26,587 
 3 
201,335 

125,414 
10,728 
 (42,808)
 13 
 345 
93,692 
11,850 
 2 
105,544 

48,637 
48,637 
48,637 

 41,856 
 22,797 
 29,136 

5,298 
9,619 
9,216 

95,791 
81,053 
86,989 

Client relationship additions are made up as follows:

Cash paid for client relationships acquired in current year
Shares issued in year
Other additions for client relationships acquired in prior years
Utilisation of provisions for deferred purchase liability and shares to be issued 
Total additions

2017 
£'000
25,500
–
208
–
25,708

2016 
£'000
–
9,305
(66)
(9,304)
(65)

The cash paid for client relationships acquired in the year relates to the acquisition of Duncan Lawrie Asset Management Limited 
which is detailed in note 27. 

The following table splits out the significant client relationship assets:

Carrying amount at year end
Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited1
South East investment management team 22
Other investment management teams3

£'000

14,305
24,093
3,458
41,856

1.  Amortisation period remaining 8 years 10 months. 

2.  Amortisation period remaining 6 years 7 months, relating to client relationships acquired in the year (see note 27).

3.  None of the constituent parts of the goodwill or client relationships relating to the other investment management teams is individually significant in comparison to the 

total value of goodwill or client relationships respectively. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

14.  Intangible assets (continued)
Goodwill impairment testing 
The table below shows the goodwill allocated to groups of cash-generating units (‘CGUs’):

Carrying amount at year end

Midland Branch 1
Midland Branch 2
Northern Branch 1
South East Branch 1
Other Branches

Groups of 
CGUs
No.

Goodwill  
£'000

1
1
1
1
14
18

5,149
5,284
6,432
12,800
18,972
48,637

In accordance with IFRS, the Group performs impairment testing for goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently when there are 
indications of impairment. Client relationships are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date.

The recoverable amount for each of the CGUs is the fair value less costs of disposal. The fair value is determined by applying 
percentages to the funds for each CGU. The percentages applied are a Level 2 input based on recent observable market transactions. 
Discretionary funds are valued at 3% and advisory funds are valued at 1% of assets under management.

Sensitivity analysis of the key assumptions
All of the CGUs within the Group have sufficient headroom (i.e. where the recoverable amount of the CGU is in excess of the 
carrying value), such that they are insensitive to all reasonable possible changes to the value of funds used for the purpose of 
goodwill impairment testing. 

15.  Property, plant and equipment
Group

Cost
At 30 September 2015

Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals

At 30 September 2016

Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals

At 30 September 2017

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
At 30 September 2015
Charge for the year
Exchange differences
Impairment of assets (see note 11)
Eliminated on disposal

At 30 September 2016
Charge for the year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposal
At 30 September 2017

Net book value
At 30 September 2017
At 30 September 2016
At 30 September 2015

108 

Leasehold 
improvements
£'000

Office 
equipment
£'000

Computer 
equipment
£'000

 13,003 
198 
31 
 (42)
 13,190 
690 
4 
 (178)
 13,706 

 8,685 
 1,267 
30 
–
 (42)
 9,940 
 1,026 
4 
 (138)
 10,832 

13,150 
 138 
 91 
 (87)
13,292 
 98 
 12 
 (8)
13,394 

11,988 
 642 
 78 
–
 (87)
12,621 
 388 
 10 
 (8)
13,011 

43,666 
 127 
– 
(9,680)
34,113 
 185 
–
– 
34,298 

40,961 
1,596 
–
 335 
(9,680)
33,212 
 503 
–
–
33,715 

Total
£'000

69,819 
 463 
 122 
(9,809)
60,595 
 973 
 16 
 (186)
61,398 

61,634 
3,505 
 108 
 335 
(9,809)
55,773 
1,917 
 14 
 (146)
57,558 

 2,874 
 3,250 
 4,318 

 383 
 671 
1,162 

 583 
 901 
2,705 

3,840 
4,822 
8,185 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Investment in subsidiaries
Group
The following are the Group’s subsidiary undertakings, all of which are owned 100% directly or indirectly by the Company and are 
included in the consolidated financial statements:

Country of registration
England & Wales
England & Wales

Class of share capital
Ordinary
Ordinary

Activity 
Dormant Nominee
Dormant Nominee

Jersey
England & Wales
England & Wales
Jersey

Investment Manager England & Wales
England & Wales
Client Nominee
Scotland
Dormant Nominee
Scotland
Dormant
Scotland
Dormant Nominee
Scotland
Dormant Nominee
England & Wales
Dormant

Name of subsidiary
ABDA Nominees Limited
B.L.Nominees Limited
BDDL Limited (formerly Duncan Lawrie  
Asset Management Limited)
BDS Nominees Limited
Bell Lawrie Nominees Limited
Bell Lawrie White & Co. Limited
BL PEP Nominees Limited
BLM Nominees Limited
Brewin (1762) Limited
Brewin 1762 Nominees (Channel Islands) 
Limited
Brewin 1762 Nominees Limited
Brewin Broking Limited*
Brewin Dolphin (Channel Islands) Limited
Brewin Dolphin Limited*
Brewin Dolphin MP
Brewin Dolphin Securities Limited
Brewin Nominees (Channel Islands) Limited Client Nominee
Client Nominee
Brewin Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Cosmitt Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
DDY Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Dunlaw Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Erskine Nominees Limited
Client Nominee
Four Yards Nominees Limited
Client Nominee
Giltspur Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Hill Osborne Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Hilstock PEP (Client) Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Hilstock SCP (Client) Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
New Town (Nominees) Limited
Client Nominee
North Castle Street (Nominees) Limited
Dormant Nominee
Northgate Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Pilgrim Nominees Limited
Dormant
Robert White & Co. Limited*
Dormant
Shareline (Yorkshire) Limited
Firm Nominee
Smittco Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Stable (Nominees) Limited
Investment Manager
Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited*
Client Nominee
Tilman Brewin Dolphin Nominees Limited
Trustee
Webrich Limited*
Dormant Nominee
WIS ICS Nominees Limited
Dormant Nominee
Wise Nominees Limited

Dormant Nominee
Client Nominee
Dormant
Dormant
Investment Manager England & Wales
Investment Manager England & Wales
England & Wales
Dormant
Jersey
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
Scotland
England & Wales
England & Wales
United Kingdom
Ireland
Ireland
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
A Ordinary / B Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
A Ordinary / B Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary / A Shares
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary A Voting / 
Ordinary B Voting / 
Ordinary C
Ordinary 

Aggregate 
nominal value
£1 
£1 

£1 
£1 
£1 
£0.01 
£1 
£1 
£1 

£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£0.01 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1
£1
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
£1 
€1.50/ €0.01
€1
£1 
£1 

£1 
£1 

109

Wise Speke Financial Services Limited

Dormant

England & Wales

* 

Indicates subsidiaries held directly.

All of the subsidiaries listed above are entitled to the exemption from audit under s479A of the Companies Act 2006, with the 
exception of BDDL Limited, Brewin Dolphin Limited, Brewin Dolphin MP and Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

16.  Investment in subsidiaries (continued)
Company

At 1 October
Change in investment in Brewin Dolphin Limited
Capital contribution to Brewin Dolphin Limited in respect of share-based payments
At 30 September

17.  Trade and other receivables 
Group

Non-current assets
Loans1
Total other receivables

Current assets
Trade debtors
Loans1
Other debtors
Accrued income
Prepayments
Total trade and other receivables

2017 
£'000
191,429 
– 
 591 
192,020 

2016 
£'000
194,305
(1)
(2,875)
191,429 

2017 
£'000

200
200

2016 
£'000

307
307

173,240
303
5,530
56,433
7,638
243,144

157,279
347
2,056
49,846
8,590
218,118

1.  All loans are to staff and the Directors believe that the balances are fully recoverable.

Trade debtors relate to either market or client transactions and are considered to be past due once the date for settlement has 
passed. The date for settlement is determined when the trade is booked. It is expected that some transactions may become past 
due in the normal course of business. Fees owed by clients are considered to be past due when they remain unpaid after 30 days 
after the relevant billing date. Trade debtors that are older than 90 days are provided for unless collateral is held. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk is the carrying value as above (see note 28 for details of the Group's credit risk). 

Ageing of past due but not impaired trade debtors

Not past due
Up to 15 days past due
16 to 30 days past due
31 to 45 days past due
More than 45 days past due

Individually impaired trade debtors

Individually impaired trade debtors
Provision for doubtful debts

Trade debtors

110 

2017 
£'000
171,993
710
44
115
188
173,050

2016 
£'000
154,590
2,348
43
64
184
157,229

2017 
£'000
228
(38)
190

2016 
£'000
83
(33)
50

173,240

157,279

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Movements in provision for doubtful debts

At 1 October
Net charge/(release) to the Income Statement
Doubtful debts written off
At 30 September

No other financial assets of the Group or the Company, other than doubtful debts, are impaired.

Company

Non-current assets
Loans1
Total other receivables

Current assets
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
Total trade and other receivables

1.  All loans are to staff and the Directors believe that the balances are fully recoverable.

2017 
£'000
33
16
(11)
38

2016 
£'000
108
(58)
(17)
33

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

–
–

50
50

53,802
53,802

46,151
46,151

18.  Defined benefit pension scheme
Group
The Group operates a registered Defined Contribution Scheme (the ‘Brewin Dolphin Senior Staff Pension Fund’) and a registered 
Defined Benefit Scheme (the ‘Brewin Dolphin Limited RBS’) in the UK which both offer pensions in retirement and death benefits to 
members. The disclosures provided are in respect of the Defined Benefit Scheme only (the ‘Scheme’).

Pension benefits are related to the members' final salary at retirement and their length of service. The pension is payable for life and 
has elements increasing in payment in line with inflation up to a maximum of 5% p.a. Since 1 April 2003 the Scheme has been 
closed to new members. Members under age 55 at 1 April 2004 ceased to accrue further service in the Scheme from that date. 
Contributions to the Scheme for the year beginning 1 October 2017 are expected to be £3.0 million.

The Scheme is an HMRC registered pension scheme and is subject to standard UK pensions and tax law. This means that the 
payment of contributions and benefits are subject to the appropriate tax treatments and restrictions and the Scheme is subject to 
the Scheme funding requirements outlined in Section 224 of the Pensions Act 2004.

The Scheme was established under trust and is governed by the Scheme’s Trust Deed and Rules. In accordance with UK trust and 
pensions law, the Scheme has appointed Trustees. Although the Group bears the financial cost of the Scheme, the responsibility 
for the management and governance of the Scheme lies with the Trustees, who have a duty to act in the best interest of members 
at all times.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

111

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18.  Defined benefit pension scheme (continued)
Valuation for funding purposes
The valuation as at 31 December 2014:

Value of scheme assets

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities in respect of:

In-service members
Deferred pensioners
Current pensioners and dependants

Value of scheme liabilities
Scheme deficit
Funding level

£'000
81,609

(17,598)
(31,459)
(43,926)
(92,983)
(11,374)
88%

The Scheme is valued for funding purposes at intervals of not more than three years by an independent qualified actuary. The latest 
valuation for funding purposes was as at 31 December 2014. The actuarial valuation deficit is used to assess the money the Group 
need to put into the pension scheme.

The Group and the Scheme’s Trustees agreed a deficit reduction plan following the 2014 valuation and it was agreed that 
Brewin Dolphin Limited would pay contributions of £250,000 per month from 1 January 2015 with a view to eliminate the deficit 
by 28 February 2019. 

The next actuarial valuation of the Scheme is due as at 31 December 2017 and a revised deficit reduction plan will be considered 
as part of this exercise. The administration costs of the Scheme, including investment management fees and Scheme levy 
payments, are currently paid by Brewin Dolphin Limited as they fall due.

Summary of amounts recognised in the financial statements under IAS 19
In the consolidated financial statements, the Group accounts for pension costs, other post-retirement benefits and related 
redundancy provisions in accordance with IAS 19 – ‘Employee Benefits’. Under the standard, the difference between the market 
values of Scheme assets and the present value of Scheme liabilities is reported as a surplus (asset) (to the extent a surplus may  
be seen) or deficit (liability) in the Balance Sheet. The accounting value shown on the balance sheet will always be different from  
the result obtained using the funding basis.

The pension valuation under IAS 19 as at 30 September 2017 was carried out by a qualified independent actuary.

In the preparation of the valuations under IAS 19 referred to in this note, the actuary has used the assumptions indicated below, 
which the Group has directed for the purposes of accounting and disclosure under IAS 19.

Explanation of the variance between funding valuation and IAS 19 valuation
The accounts show the Scheme has a surplus compared to the deficit revealed by the last funding valuation. The main reasons for 
this are the difference between the experience of the Scheme over the period from 1 January 2015 to 30 September 2017 and that 
assumed for the purposes of the funding valuation as at 31 December 2014, and the differences in the assumptions used to value 
the liabilities in the accounting and funding valuations for the Scheme.

Defined benefit pension scheme asset recognition basis
Under IAS 19 the net defined benefit pension scheme asset that can be recognised is the lower of the surplus and the asset ceiling 
(i.e. the economic benefits available in the form of refunds or reductions in future contributions or a combination of both, in 
accordance with IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19—The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’). 
Under the Scheme’s Trust Deeds and Rules the Group is able, without condition or restriction placed on it by the Trustees, to run 
the Scheme until the last member dies, without benefits being augmented; wind up the Scheme at that point; and reclaim any 
remaining monies. Consequently, the Group recognises the full surplus calculated in accordance with IAS 19.

112 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Risks
The main risks to which the Group is exposed in relation to the pension scheme are:

Mortality risk – the assumptions adopted by the Group make allowance for future improvements in life expectancy. However,  
if life expectancy improves at a faster rate than assumed, this would result in greater payments from the Scheme and consequently 
increases in the Scheme’s liabilities. The Group and the Scheme’s Trustees review the mortality assumption on a regular basis to 
minimise this risk.

Investment risk – the Scheme invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of assets. There are risks that the assets underperform 
relative to increases in the value of the Scheme’s liabilities, thus increasing the cost to the Group of the benefit provision. There is a 
risk that the assets invested in do not sufficiently match the characteristics of the Scheme’s liabilities and so a fall in asset values is 
not similarly matched by a fall in the value of the liabilities. While certain assets are chosen that match the characteristics of the 
Scheme’s liabilities and membership profile, the Scheme currently invests in a high proportion of equities and assets that are not 
expected to closely match the majority of the Scheme’s liabilities. The Scheme’s Trustees review the performance of the assets  
and structure of the portfolio on a regular basis to ensure the risks being taken under investment are commensurate with normal 
Trustee principles and the ability of the Group to mitigate adverse investment experience.

Price inflation risk – some of the Scheme’s benefits increase in line with price inflation and so if inflation is greater than expected,  
the costs of providing these benefits will increase. The Scheme holds government bonds with payments also linked to inflation to 
assist in mitigating this risk.

Financial derivatives risk – the Scheme directly holds derivatives in the form of interest rate swaps, inflation swaps and total return 
swaps with the aim of enhancing how the Trustees' matching assets match changes in the Scheme's liabilities on the funding 
basis. These are managed by the investment manager as well as all other assets and the Scheme Trustees determine the level of 
overall liability hedging that is employed. Other than these derivatives used for liability matching and reducing risks, the Scheme 
does not directly hold any financial derivatives, but these may be held by some of the investment funds that the Scheme invests in. 
The main risks associated with financial derivatives include: losses may exceed the initial margin; counterparty risk where the other 
party defaults on the contract; and liquidity risk where it may be difficult to close out a contract prior to expiry. These risks are 
managed indirectly by the investment managers of the Scheme who will review the Scheme's return seeking assets and the level of 
investment risk taking to ensure it remains appropriate taking account of the Trustees' investment objectives. 

The surplus recognised on the accounting basis is exposed to the risks that increases or decreases in the assets do not match 
those of the liabilities measured on the accounting basis. The asset liability matching is based on the Scheme's funding basis and 
so to the extent that the Company's measure for the liabilities in line with IAS 19 requirements changes relative to the measure of 
the liabilities on the funding basis which the assets are hedging, this could impact on the accounting surplus. The funding position 
on the funding basis is protected to some degree by the level of hedging that is adopted and the Trustees' plans to de-risk in future 
years as the funding position improves.

Scheme investment strategy and level of matching
The Scheme’s investment strategy is to invest broadly 80% in higher return seeking assets (e.g. equities, high yielding bonds etc.) 
and 20% in matching assets (e.g. fixed interest gilts and index-linked gilts). The objective is to target an investment return of 2.5% 
per annum (net of fees) in excess of a portfolio of gilts that closely matches the behaviour of the Scheme’s funding liabilities.  
This return objective will fall over time, as the proportion of matching assets are increased as the scheme matures, to 0.6% per 
annum (net of fees) once all the members have retired. The Scheme also has liability matching swaps in place so that, along with 
the matching assets, the majority of the movement in the Scheme’s funding liabilities should be matched by similar movements in 
the assets. This strategy reflects the Scheme’s liability profile and the Trustees’ and Brewin Dolphin Limited’s attitude to risk. The 
asset allocations as at 30 September 2017 and 30 September 2016 are provided below, disaggregated between assets that are 
believed to have a quoted market price in an active market and those that are unquoted.

The aim of the Scheme is hedge around 85% of interest rate risk and inflation risk as at 30 September 2017 to reduce financial 
risks to the Scheme and the risks of additional contribution requirement for the Group. The current longer-term objective is to aim to 
continue to hedge around 100% of both the interest rate risk and inflation risk of the liabilities; this will help to further reduce funding 
level volatility.

None of the assets of the pension schemes are invested in the Group’s own financial instruments and none of the assets are 
properties or other assets used by the Group.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

113

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

18.  Defined benefit pension scheme (continued)
Assumptions
The major assumptions used by the actuary were (in nominal terms) as follows:

Discount rate
RPI inflation assumption
CPI inflation assumption
Rate of increase in salaries
LPI pension increases 

Average assumed life expectancies for members on retirement at age 65:
Retiring today:

Males 
Females

Retiring in 20 years:

Males 
Females

Scheme assets and liabilities
The assets in the Scheme were:

Equities and property (quoted)
Fixed interest bonds (quoted)
Index linked bonds (quoted)
Liability hedging (quoted)
Currency hedging (quoted)
Alternatives (quoted)
Cash and cash equivalents
Fair value of scheme assets

Net assets/(liabilities) recognised on the Balance Sheet:

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of scheme assets
Surplus/(deficit) in funded scheme and net asset/(liability) on the Balance Sheet

As at 
30 September  
2017 
2.60%
3.30%
2.30%
3.30%
3.20%

As at  
30 September  
2016
2.20%
3.10%
2.10%
3.10%
3.00%

88.6 years 88.7 years
89.6 years 89.9 years

89.9 years 90.4 years
91.1 years 91.7 years

2017 
£'000
47,890
21,786
15,868
(235)
939
17,134
2,958
106,340

2016 
£'000
31,444
24,813
13,165
9,364
6
13,401
13,240
105,433

2017 
£'000
(101,853)
106,340
4,487

2016 
£'000
(112,385)
105,433
(6,952)

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined benefit pension scheme obligation 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by scheme participants
Net remeasurement (gains)/losses – demographic
Net remeasurement (gains)/losses – financial
Net remeasurement (gains) – experience
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of year

114 

2017 
£'000
112,385
–
2,433
–
(2,036)
(5,555)
(1,850)
(3,524)
101,853

2016 
£'000
84,780
–
3,168
–
358
29,011
(2,105)
(2,827)
112,385

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Interest income on scheme assets
Return on assets, excluding interest income
Contributions by employers
Contributions by scheme participants
Benefits paid
Fair value of scheme assets at end of year

The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are:

Service cost
Net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability
Settlements and curtailments
Total expense

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset/liability included in Other Comprehensive Income ('OCI')

Net remeasurement – demographic 
Net remeasurement – financial 
Net remeasurement – experience
Return on assets, excluding interest income
Changes in the effect of the asset ceiling excluding interest income
Total remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/(liability) included in OCI

2017 
£'000
105,433
2,314
(883)
3,000
–
(3,524)
106,340

2016 
£'000
81,911
3,116
20,233
3,000
–
(2,827)
105,433

2017 
£'000
–
119
–
119

2017 
£'000
2,036
5,555
1,850
(883)
–
8,558

2016 
£'000
–
52
–
52

2016 
£'000
(358)
(29,011)
2,105
20,233
–
(7,031)

Amount, timing and uncertainty of future Scheme cash flows
The liabilities of the Scheme are based on the current value of expected benefit payment cash flows to members of the Scheme 
over the next sixty years or so. The weighted average duration of the liabilities is approximately twenty years.

Sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions used to measure the Scheme's defined benefit pension scheme obligation as at 
30 September 2017 is set out below. The sensitivities cover the key assumptions disclosed above. The inflation assumption 
sensitivity factors in the impact of changes to RPI inflation which will impact on future expectations of increases in final pensionable 
salary (which are capped at RPI increases), and pension increases and CPI inflation. It should be noted that the methodology and 
assumptions prescribed for the purposes of IAS 19 mean that the disclosures will be inherently volatile, varying greatly according to 
investment market conditions at each accounting date.

Assumption
Discount rate
Rate of inflation (RPI, CPI and salary increases)
Assumed life expectancy

Change in assumption
Decrease by 0.25%
Increase by 0.25%
Members live 1 year longer

Impact on scheme liabilities
Increase by £5.2m
Increase by £3.8m
Increase by £4.3m

The sensitivity figures have been calculated using the same method used for the calculation of the disclosed liabilities as at 
30 September 2017. There are no material limitations of the method used to calculate the sensitivities relative to the 
disclosed liabilities.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

115

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

19.  Net deferred tax asset
Group
In addition to the amount debited to the Income Statement, deferred tax relating to the actuarial gain in the defined benefit pension 
scheme amounting to £1,383,000 has been debited to other comprehensive income (2016: £1,109,000 credited to other 
comprehensive income relating to the actuarial loss). Deferred tax on share-based payments of £1,065,000 has been credited to 
profit and loss reserves (2016: £221,000 debited to profit and loss reserves).

The following are the major deferred tax assets/(liabilities) recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and 
prior reporting year:

At 30 September 2015
Credit/(charge) in the year to the Income 
Statement
Credit in the year to the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Charge in the year to the Statement of 
Changes in Equity
At 30 September 2016
Credit/(charge) in the year to the Income 
Statement
Credit/(charge) in the year to the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income
Credit in the year to the Statement of 
Changes in Equity
At 30 September 2017

Capital 
allowances  
 £'000 
1,936 

 Revaluation  
 £'000 
 – 

 Other 
short-term 
timing 
differences  
 £'000 
1,908 

 Defined 
pension 
benefit 
scheme  
 £'000 
 574 

 Share-
based 
payments  
 £'000 
5,117 

 Capital 
losses  
 £'000 
1,537 

 Intangible 
asset 
amortisation  
 £'000 
(467)

 Total  
 £'000 
10,605 

 (210)

– 

– 
1,726 

 (157)

– 

– 
1,569 

 – 

6 

 – 
6 

 – 

14 

 – 
20 

 (665)

 (501)

 396 

(1,537)

 (1,183)

(3,700)

– 

1,109 

– 

– 
1,243 

– 
1,182 

 (221)
5,292 

 (342)

 (562)

 (204)

– 

(1,383)

– 

– 
 901 

– 
 (763)

1,065 
6,153 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

 – 

1,115 

 – 
 (1,650)

 (221)
7,799 

513 

 (752)

 – 

(1,369)

 – 
 (1,137)

1,065 
6,743 

Deferred income taxes are calculated using rates of UK corporate tax expected to be in force at the time assets are realised 
as follows:

Between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2020
After 1 April 2020

19%
17%

The enacted rate applicable for the year ended 30 September 2016 was 20%.

20.  Investments
Group 
Available-for-sale investments

At 30 September 2015
Additions
Net loss from changes in fair value recognised in equity
Disposals
At 30 September 2016
Additions
Net loss from changes in fair value recognised in equity
Disposals
At 30 September 2017

116 

Unlisted 
investments 
£'000
140
770
(30)
(47)
833
18
(75)
(40)
736

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
Current assets
Available-for-sale investments
 – Equity
 – Asset-backed security 
Total available-for-sale investments

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

95
641
736

128
705
833

The asset-backed security is a USD fixed rate note; due to mature on 23 September 2019. The available-for-sale investments are 
held at fair value. Further information is disclosed in note 28.

Trading investments

Listed investments
Total trading investments

2017 
£'000
36
36

2016 
£'000
1,093
1,093

The trading investments are measured at fair value which is determined directly by reference to published prices in an active market 
where available. They are held in an unregulated subsidiary, Brewin Dolphin MP, whose sole objective is to provide seed capital to 
the model portfolios managed under an investment mandate by Brewin Dolphin Limited. During the year most of the listed trading 
investments held at fair value through the profit and loss were sold.

21.  Cash and cash equivalents
Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Company

Cash and cash equivalents

2017 
£'000
169,995
169,995

2016 
£'000
170,766
170,766

2017 
£'000
433
433

2016 
£'000
686
686

Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash at banks. The carrying amount of these assets is approximately equal to their fair value.

22.  Trade and other payables 
Group

Trade creditors
Other creditors
Other taxes and social security
Accruals
Deferred income

Company

Accruals
Deferred income
Amounts payable to subsidiary undertakings

2017 
£'000
173,657 
2,931 
9,973 
58,566 
 182 
245,309 

2017 
£'000
63
3,303
7,334
10,700

2016 
£'000
154,147
4,529
8,488
54,479
302
221,945

2016 
£'000
22
4,957
7,334
12,313

Trade creditors relate to either market or client transactions; the date for settlement is determined when the trade is booked.  
Other payable balances principally comprise amounts outstanding for ongoing costs. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

117

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

23.  Provisions 
Group

At 1 October 2016
Additions
Utilisation of provision
Unwinding of discount
Unused amounts reversed during the year
At 30 September 2017 

Sundry claims 
and associated 
costs 
£'000
1,022
365
(171)
–
(629)
587

Onerous 
contracts 
£'000
4,308
2,047
(996)
30
(22)
5,367

Social security 
and levies on 
share options 
£'000
2,431
1,826
(743)
–
(40)
3,474

Incentivisation 
awards 
£'000
–
613
–
9
–
622

Leasehold 
dilapidations 
£'000
1,936
153
(31)
19
(33)
2,044

Total 
£'000
9,697
5,004
(1,941)
58
(724)
12,094

Included in current liabilities
Included in non-current liabilities
At 30 September 2017

587
–
587

904
4,463
5,367

1,589
1,885
3,474

622
–
622

53
1,991
2,044

3,755
8,339
12,094

The Group recognises a provision for settlements of sundry claims and associated costs. The timing of the settlements is unknown, 
but it is expected that they will be resolved within 12 months.

The onerous contracts provision at 30 September 2017 is solely in respect of surplus office space (30 September 2016: included a 
provision for £0.2 million in relation to onerous contracts resulting from discontinued operations). The valuation of an onerous 
contract is based on the best estimate of the likely costs discounted to present value. Where the provision is in relation to leasehold 
obligations on premises and it is more likely than not that the premises will be sublet, an allowance for sublease income has been 
included in the valuation.

The onerous lease charge for the year was £2.0 million (2016: £0.3 million) of which £0.6 million related to changes in both 
assumptions of sublets and inputs used to calculate the provision. In addition, following a review of office space utilisation of one of 
our properties, surplus office space was identified as onerous, resulting in an increase in the provision of £1.3 million.

Provision of £5.4 million (30 September 2016: £4.1 million) has been made for surplus office space which the Group may not be able 
to sublet in the short term. The maximum exposure is the current estimated amount that the Group would have to pay to meet the 
future obligations under these lease contracts which is approximately £13.4 million as at 30 September 2017 (30 September 2016:  
£11.3 million), if the assumption regarding future sublets is removed and the time value of money is ignored. The longest lease term 
covered by the provision has 15.5 years remaining and accounts for £3.7 million of the provision.

The Group has made a provision of £2.0 million (30 September 2016: £1.9 million) for leasehold dilapidations. These costs are 
expected to arise at the end of the lease. The leases covered by the provision have a maximum remaining term of 15.5 years.

The social security and levies on share options provision is in respect of Employer's National Insurance on options outstanding at 
the end of the year. The provision is based on the Group’s share price, the amount of time passed and likelihood of the share 
options vesting and represents the best estimate of the expected future cost. 

The provision recognised for the incentivisation awards of £0.6 million (30 September 2016: £nil), which is based on the best 
estimate of the likely future obligation discounted for the time value of money, is payable to employees in relation to the retention 
and acquisition of funds.

See note 4b.v for key sources of estimation uncertainty impacting the provisions.

118 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
24.  Share capital
Company

Authorised:
Ordinary shares of 1p each
Ordinary shares of 1p each
Allotted, issued and fully paid

During the year the following shares were issued:

2017 
 No. 

2016 
 No. 

2017 
 £'000 

2016 
 £'000 

500,000,000 

500,000,000 

5,000 

5,000 

283,331,882 

283,026,606 

2,833 

2,830

At 30 September 2016
Issue of options
At 30 September 2017

Date

Various

No. of shares
 283,026,606 
305,276 
 283,331,882 

Exercise/issue price  
(pence)

 103.5p – 175.25p 

Share  
capital 
£'000
 2,830 
3 
 2,833 

Share  
premium 
account 
£'000
151,836 
 484 
152,320 

The following options and awards have been granted and remain outstanding:

Scheme
2004 Approved Share Option Scheme:

Grant date

Exercise 
price

2017 
No.

Deferred Profit Share Plan1:

Equity Award Plan1:

Long Term Incentive Plan:

November 2006
November 2007
November 2008
December 2009
December 2010
December 2011

175.25p
168p
103.5p
165.7p
148p
131.3p

December 2010
December 2011
December 2012
December 2013
December 2014
December 2015
December 2016

December 2013
December 2014
January 2015
December 2015
February 2017
August 2017

February 2014
December 2014
December 2015
December 2016

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

–
53,976
33,500
112,148
64,557
20,250
284,431

–
326,874
400,913
147,889
2,028,385
2,171,003
1,977,021
7,052,085

–
2,135,691
28,070
240,901
47,908
29,802
2,482,372

–
1,349,835
1,069,468
1,156,915
3,576,218

Total 
£'000
154,666 
 487 
155,153 

2016
No.

128,676
85,726
50,000
158,998
107,307
61,500
592,207

208,378
563,497
471,383
1,639,527
2,057,563
2,226,832
–
7,167,180

1,666,635
2,321,378
28,070
240,901
–
–
4,256,984

878,653
1,496,791
1,213,519
–
3,588,963

Total options and awards outstanding as at 30 September 

13,395,106

15,605,334

1.  These options do not count towards dilution limits because the shares have been purchased in the market by the Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC Employee Share 

Ownership Trust.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

119

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

24.  Share capital (continued)
The rights and obligations attached to the ordinary shares of 1 penny each in the Company are as follows:

 – In terms of voting, every member who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote 

on a show of hands and one vote for every share held on a poll.

 – As regards dividends, all shares in issue at the year end rank pari passu for dividends. Shareholders shall be entitled to receive 

dividends following declaration by the Company. Dividends are not payable in respect of any nil paid shares that may be held by 
the Trustees in Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC Employee Share Ownership Trust (the ‘Trust’).

 – The Trustees of the Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC Employee Share Ownerships Trust have agreed to waive all dividends due on 

the shares held in the Trust, 9,817,002 ordinary shares as at 30 September 2017 (2016: 11,460,043).

 – There are no special rights for the ordinary shares in relation to control of the Company.

On a change of control, the following criteria will apply:

 – 2004 Approved Share Option Schemes: Options can be exercised within 30 days of control being obtained. The options will 

lapse after six months.

 – Long Term Incentive Plan: Awards will automatically vest upon change of control and options will become exercisable from the 

date of change of control and will remain exercisable for one month, after which the options will lapse.

 – Deferred Profit Share Plan: A replacement award could be made over shares in the acquiring company, otherwise the shares will 

vest in full and can be exercised within six months of control being obtained.

 – Share Incentive Plan: No Matching Shares shall be forfeited as a consequence of a change of control.

 – Equity Award Plan: Awards will automatically vest upon change of control and options will become exercisable from the date of 

change of control and will remain exercisable for one month, after which the options will lapse.

25.  Own shares
Company
The own shares reserve represents the matching shares purchased in the market and held by the Brewin Dolphin Share Incentive 
Plan and shares purchased by the Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC Employee Share Ownership Trust (‘ESOT’).

Balance at 30 September 2015

Acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options
Own shares disposed of

Balance at 30 September 2016

Acquired in the year
Own shares disposed of on exercise of options

Balance at 30 September 2017

Shares held by:

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC ESOT
Brewin Dolphin Share Incentive Plan

Balance at 30 September

No. of shares
11,673,927
2,514,334
(2,456,282)
(108,505)
11,623,474
2,080,118
(3,726,126)
9,977,466

2017 
No.

£'000
28,153
7,220
(5,853)
(226)
29,294
5,807
(9,180)
25,921

2016 
No.

9,817,002  11,460,043 
163,431 
 11,623,474 

160,464 
 9,977,466 

120 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
26.  Other reserves 
Merger reserve
The merger reserve is used where more than 90% of the share capital in a subsidiary is acquired and the consideration includes the 
issue of new shares by the Company, thereby attracting merger relief under Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006. 

Group

Balance at 30 September 2016
Balance at 30 September 2017

Company

Balance at 30 September 2016
Balance at 30 September 2017

£'000
70,553
70,553

£'000
70,838
70,838

£38.4 million of the merger reserve arose on a placing of the Company’s shares and forms part of the distributable reserves. 

Profit and loss account
Company

Balance at 30 September 2016
Balance at 30 September 2017

The profit and loss reserve forms part of distributable reserves, subject to the profits being realised.

Revaluation reserve
Group

Balance at 30 September 2016
Balance at 30 September 2017

£'000
29,793
35,485

£'000
(24)
(85)

The revaluation reserve represents the cumulative fair value movements on available-for-sale financial assets recognised in other 
comprehensive income and does not form part of distributable reserves. 

27.  Business combinations
Group
On 10 May 2017, the Group’s principal operating subsidiary Brewin Dolphin Limited acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of 
BDDL Limited (‘BDDL’) formerly named Duncan Lawrie Asset Management Limited (the ‘Acquisition’) and its dormant subsidiary 
undertakings DDY Nominees Limited and Dunlaw Nominees Limited.

BDDL and its subsidiaries were acquired to expand the Group’s wealth management activities and contribute to the delivery of the 
Group’s strategic objective of revenue growth. 

Consideration transferred
The fair value of the total cash consideration transferred was £27,968,000.

Acquisition-related costs amounting to £1,683,000 have been recognised as an expense in the Income Statement in the 
current year.

Fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition:

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

£'000

2,468

25,500
27,968

121

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

27.  Business combinations (continued) 
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition:

Consideration paid in cash
Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

£'000
27,968
(2,468)
25,500

The Acquisition contributed £2,481,000 revenue and £1,476,000 to the Group's profit after tax for the period between the date of 
acquisition and the balance sheet date excluding acquisition costs.

It is not practicable to estimate the revenue and profit or loss of the combined entity for the current reporting year as though the 
acquisition date for BDDL had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. 

BDDL transferred the rights to the income streams to Duncan Lawrie Limited (‘DLL’), the former parent company, as part of a group 
reorganisation in December 2013. From this date to the date of acquisition by the Group, any revenues and profit or loss 
associated with the client agreements were recognised in DLL’s financial statements. There is no way of identifying revenue and 
profit specific to BDDL recognised in the financial statements of DLL for the period from 1 October 2016 to the acquisition date.

In the opinion of the Directors’ disclosing an estimate of the BDDL’s revenue and profit or loss for this year would be misleading and 
would not present a true and fair view of BDDL’s performance.

28.  Financial instruments and risk management
Group and Company
Overview
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the financial instrument key risks (market risk, credit risk  
and liquidity risk), the Group’s policy and procedures for measuring and managing risk and the Group’s management of capital. 

Risk management
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for establishing and overseeing the Group’s Risk Management Framework and 
risk appetite.

The Board has established a clear relationship between the Group’s strategic objectives and its willingness to take risk through a 
Risk Appetite Statement. The Risk Appetite Statement is an expression of limits (qualitative and/or quantitative) giving clear 
guidance on the nature and quantum of risk that the Board wishes the Group to bear (its ‘risk appetite’) in order to achieve its 
strategic objectives whilst remaining within all regulatory constraints and its own defined levels of capital and liquidity. The Board 
reviews the statement and related qualitative and quantitative measures on at least an annual basis to ensure the document 
continues to reflect the Board’s appetite for risk within the context of the environment in which the Group operates. 

The Group’s Risk Committee provides oversight of the adequacy of the Group’s Risk Management Framework based on the risks 
to which the Group is exposed. It monitors how management complies with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures. 
It is assisted in the discharge of this duty by the Group’s Risk & Compliance Department which has responsibility for monitoring the 
overall risk environment of the Group. The Risk Committee also regularly monitors exposure against the Group’s risk appetite.

The Group’s Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the financial statements and working closely with the Risk Committee, 
for both review and oversight of internal controls. The Audit Committee is assisted in the discharge of its obligations by Internal 
Audit, who undertake periodic and ad-hoc reviews on the effectiveness of controls and compliance with risk management policies.

The Group’s risk management policies are intended to ensure that risks are identified, evaluated and subject to ongoing monitoring 
and mitigation (where appropriate). The risk management policies also serve to set the appropriate control framework. The aim is to 
promote a robust risk culture with employees across the Group understanding their role and obligations under the framework. 

Capital structure and capital management
The capital structure of the Group and Company consists of issued share capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in 
the Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity.

Capital generated from the business is both reinvested in the business to generate future growth and returned to shareholders, 
principally in the form of dividends. Capital adequacy is given a high level of focus to ensure not only that regulatory capital 

122 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
requirements are met, but that the Group is sufficiently capitalised against the risks to which it is currently exposed, as well as to 
withstand a range of potential stress events.

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

Regulatory capital requirements
The Group conducts an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’), as required by the Financial Conduct Authority 
(‘FCA’) to assess the appropriate amount of regulatory capital to be held by the Group. There are two active regulated entities in the 
Group: Brewin Dolphin Limited (‘BDL’) regulated by the FCA and Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited regulated by the Central Bank of 
Ireland. The Jersey branch of BDL is regulated by the Jersey Financial Services Commission.

The Pillar II capital assessment of the ICAAP is the Board of Directors’ opinion of the level of capital the Group should hold against 
the risks to which the Group is exposed. The ICAAP is kept updated throughout the year to take account of changes to the profile 
of the risks facing the Group and for any material changes to strategy or business plans. The ICAAP is discussed and approved at 
a Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC Board meeting at least annually. 

Regulatory capital adequacy is monitored by management. The Group uses the standardised approach to credit risk to calculate 
Pillar I requirements. The Group complied with the FCA’s regulatory capital requirements throughout the year.

The regulatory capital resources of the Group were as follows:

Share capital
Share premium account
Own shares
Revaluation reserve
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account
Regulatory capital resources before deductions
Deduction – Intangible assets (net of deferred tax liability)
Deduction – Defined benefit pension scheme asset (net of deferred tax liability)
Deduction – Free deliveries
Total regulatory capital resources after deductions at 30 September

2017 
£'000
2,833
152,320
(25,921)
(85)
70,553
62,876
262,576
(93,519)
(3,724)
(107)
165,226

2016 
£'000
2,830
151,836
(29,294)
(24)
70,553
46,908
242,809
(78,746)
–
(82)
163,981

Information disclosure under Pillar III of the Capital Requirements Directive will be published on the Group’s website before 
31 December 2017 at www.brewin.co.uk. 

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which 
income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each financial asset and financial liability, are disclosed in note 3(r) to the 
financial statements.

Categories of financial instruments
Group

Financial assets
Available-for-sale investments
Fair value through profit and loss – held for trading
Non-current loans and receivables
Current loans and receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
At 30 September

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost
At 30 September

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

Carrying value

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

736
36
200
235,506
169,995
406,473

833
1,093
307
209,528
170,766
382,527

225,865
225,865

203,791
203,791

123

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28.  Financial instruments and risk management (continued)
Company

Financial assets
Non-current loans and receivables
Current loans and receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
At 30 September 

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost
At 30 September 

Carrying value

2017 
£'000

2016 
£'000

–
53,802
433
54,235

50
46,151
686
46,887

7,397
7,397

7,356
7,356

The carrying value approximates to the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities held.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of the Group’s market risk management is to both 
control and manage exposure within the Group’s risk appetite whilst accepting the inherent risk of market fluctuations. 

The Group undertakes trades on an agency basis on behalf of its clients. The Group holds financial instruments as principal,  
but does not trade as principal. All trades are matched in the market (see note 17).

The Group transacts foreign currency deals in order to fulfil our client obligations and any non-sterling costs to our business. 
Foreign currency exposure is matched intra-day and at the end of each day.

The total net foreign exchange exposure resulting from income yet to be converted to sterling at the year end was a debtor of 
£497,000 (2016: £537,000).

The Group is exposed to translation risk in respect of the foreign currency value of the net assets of Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited 
(‘TBD’). At the year end TBD had net assets of £4.3 million (2016: £3.6 million) denominated in its local currency (Euros). 

The Group does not hold any derivatives (2016: none).

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk 
during the year.

Equity price risk
The Group is exposed to equity price risk arising from both available-for-sale and held-for-trading investments. 

Equity price sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to equity price risk at the reporting date.

If equity prices had been 5% higher/lower:

 – Pre-tax profit for the year ended 30 September 2017 would have been £1,800 higher/lower (2016: £52,000 higher/lower) due to 

changes in the value of held-for-trading investment; and

 – Other equity reserves as at 30 September 2017 would increase/decrease by £4,800 (2016: increase/decrease by £6,400) 

pre-tax for the Group as a result of the changes in fair value of available-for-sale investments.

The Group’s sensitivity to equity prices has not changed significantly from the prior year.

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in respect of the Group’s cash and in respect of client deposits. The Group holds client 
deposits on demand and in 30 day notice accounts (variable interest rates). During the year a 1% increase in base rate would have 
increased pre-tax profitability by £1,044,000 (2016: £1,068,000).

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a client or other counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial  
loss to the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises principally from the settlement of client and market transactions 
(‘settlement risk’) and cash deposited at banks. 

124 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
Settlement risk
Exposures to settlement risk are spread across a large number of counterparties and clients. A delivery versus payment (‘DVP’) 
settlement method is also used for the majority of transactions, ensuring that securities and cash are exchanged within a short 
period of time. Consequently, no residual maturity analysis is presented. The Group also holds collateral in the form of cash, as well 
as equity and bonds which are quoted on recognised exchanges. This collateral is held, principally, in Group nominee accounts. 

Concentration of credit risk
The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk with the exception of cash where the majority is spread across three major 
banking groups.

Maximum exposure
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting year is equal to the balance sheet figure.

Credit exposure
Credit exposure in relation to settlement risk is monitored daily. The Group’s exposure to large trades is limited with an average 
bargain size in the current year of £15,702 (2016: £15,765).

Impaired assets
The total gross amount of individually impaired assets in relation to trade receivables at the year end was £228,000 
(2016: £83,000). Collateral valued at fair value by the Group in relation to these impaired assets was £190,000 (2016: £50,000). 
This collateral is stock held in the clients’ account which per our client terms and conditions can be sold to meet any unpaid 
liabilities falling due. The net difference has been provided as a doubtful debt (see note 17). Note 17 details amounts past due but 
not impaired. 

Non-impaired assets
Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired in respect of trade receivables relate mainly to bonds and equity trades 
quoted on a recognised exchange, are matched in the market, and are either traded on a DVP basis or against a client’s portfolio in 
respect of which any one trade would normally be a small percentage of the client’s collateral held in the Group nominee. At the 
year end no financial assets that would otherwise be past due or impaired had been renegotiated (2016: none).

Loans to employees are repayable over 5 to 10 years (see note 17).

The credit risk on liquid funds, cash and cash equivalents is limited as deposits are diversified across a panel of major banks.  
This ensures that the Group is not excessively exposed to an individual counterparty. The Group’s policy requires cash deposits to 
be placed with banks with a minimum short-term credit rating of A-2 (S&P) / P-2 (Moody’s) / F-2 (Fitch), excluding Tilman Brewin 
Dolphin Limited. Requirements and limits are reviewed on a regular basis. The Group’s allocation of cash and cash equivalents to 
S&P rating grades has been outlined in the below table:

Cash and cash equivalents

A-1+
0.0%

A-1
59.4%

A-2
38.1%

Below A-2
2.5%

The Group maintains a set of Credit Risk policies which are regularly reviewed by the Board. A due diligence review is also 
performed on all counterparties on an annual basis, at a minimum. The investment of cash is managed by the Treasury Department.

There has been no material change to the Group’s exposure to credit risk during the year.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group maintains 
adequate cash resources to meet its financial obligations at all times. When investing cash belonging to the Group or its clients,  
the focus is on security of principal and the maintenance of liquidity. Client money is held in segregated client bank accounts with 
strict limits on deposit tenors, in accordance within regulatory guidelines designed to minimise liquidity risk.

The Group has a Liquidity Policy which is reviewed by the Board regularly. The Group’s intention, at all times is to operate with an 
amount of liquid resources which provides significant headroom above that required to meet its obligations. Group cash resources 
are monitored on a daily basis through position reports and liquidity requirements are analysed over a variety of forecast horizons. 
Liquidity stress tests are regularly conducted to ensure ongoing liquidity adequacy, and a Contingency Funding Plan is also 
maintained to provide backup liquidity in the unlikely event of a severe liquidity stress event.

At 30 September 2017, the Group had access to an unsecured overdraft facility of £10 million (2016: £10 million).

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to liquidity risk or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk during 
the year.

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

125

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

28.  Financial instruments and risk management (continued)
Group 
The following are the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required 
to pay.

As at 30 September 2017

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost

As at 30 September 2016

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost

Up to  
1 month 
£'000

1 month to 
3 months  
£'000

3 months  
to 1 year 
£'000

1 to 5 years 
£'000

Over 5 years 
£'000

Total 
£'000

179,711
179,711

29,885
29,885

15,612
15,612

657
657

–
–

225,865
225,865

Up to  
1 month 
£'000

1 month to 
3 months 
£'000

3 months  
to 1 year 
£'000

1 to 5 years  
£'000

Over 5 years  
£'000

Total 
£'000

164,097
164,097

25,554
25,554

13,078
13,078

1,062
1,062

–
–

203,791
203,791

Company
The following are the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Company can be 
required to pay.

As at 30 September 2017

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost

As at 30 September 2016

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost

Up to  
1 month 
£'000

1 month to  
3 months 
£'000

3 months  
to 1 year 
£'000

1 to 5 years 
£'000

Over 5 years 
£'000

Total  
£'000

7,397
7,397

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

7,397
7,397

Up to  
1 month 
£'000

1 month to  
3 months 
£'000

3 months  
to 1 year 
£'000

1 to 5 years 
£'000

Over 5 years 
£'000

Total 
£'000

7,356
7,356

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

7,356
7,356

Fair value measurement recognised in the statement of financial position
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 – Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities;

 – Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than the quoted price included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or a liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 – Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from formal valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability 

that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

126 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Some of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting year. The following table 
gives information about how the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are determined.

Fair value as at  
30 September  
2017 
£'000

Fair value as at  
30 September  
2016 
£'000

Valuation  
technique(s) and  
key input(s)

Significant  
unobservable  
input(s)

Relationship  
of unobservable  
inputs to fair value

Level 1
Trading investments

Level 3
Available-for-sale 
investments – Equity

Available-for-sale 
investments – Equity

Available-for-sale 
investments – Asset-
backed securities

36

63

32

1,093 Quoted bid prices in an 
active market

n/a

n/a

Marketability 
discount up to 
30%.

Marketability 
discount ranging 
between 30-50%.

As the marketability 
discount increases 
the valuation 
decreases.
As the marketability 
discount increases 
the valuation 
decreases.

105 The valuation is based on 
published monthly NAVs.

23 The valuation is based on 

the fair value of the loan 
notes as presented in the 
most recent audited financial 
statements of the company.

A marketability discount is 
applied as this investment is 
highly illiquid.

641

705 The valuation is based on 

the fair value of the loan 
notes as presented in the 
most recent audited financial 
statements of the 
designated company.

A marketability discount is 
applied as this investment is 
highly illiquid.

Marketability 
discount ranging 
between 30-50%.

As the marketability 
discount increases 
the valuation 
decreases.

Sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing the Level 3 financial instruments is set out below:

Financial asset
Current assets – Available-for-sale 
investments – Equity
Current assets – Available-for-sale 
investments – Asset-backed securities Marketability discount

Marketability discount

Assumption

Change in assumption

Impact on valuation

Increase by 5%

Decrease by £5,600

Increase by 5%

Decrease by £49,000

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

127

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28.  Financial instruments and risk management (continued)
Fair value hierarchy
As at 30 September 2017

Held for trading
Equities
Available-for-sale financial assets
Equities
Asset-backed securities
Total

As at 30 September 2016

Held for trading
Equities
Available-for-sale financial assets
Equities
Asset-backed securities
Total

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurement of financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets

Balance at 30 September 2015
Disposals
Net loss from changes in fair value recognised in equity
Additions
Balance at 30 September 2016
Disposals
Net loss from changes in fair value recognised in equity
Additions
Balance at 30 September 2017

Level 1 
£'000

Level 2 
£'000

Level 3 
£'000

Total 
£'000

36

–
–
36

–

–
–
–

–

95
641
736

36

95
641
772

Level 1 
£'000

Level 2 
£'000

Level 3 
£'000

Total 
£'000

1,093

–
–
1,093

–

–
–
–

–

1,093

128
705
833

128
705
1,926

Total  
£'000
140
(47)
(30)
770
833
(40)
(75)
18
736

128 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
29.  Share-based payments 
Group
The Group recognised total expenses in the year of £8,052,000 (2016: £8,387,000) related to equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions. For a summary of all options and awards outstanding at the year end see note 24.

Equity-settled share option schemes
The Group has one plan, the 2004 Approved Option Scheme (‘the Scheme’), for the granting of non-transferable options to 
employees. All options granted have fully vested and the services received from employees entitled to options under the Scheme 
have been fully expensed. 

Other equity settled share-based payment plans
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The LTIP is a conditional arrangement under which contingent share awards can be made to selected senior management, 
including the Executive Directors. Details regarding the awards to the Executive Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report. 
The award will vest in one tranche, no earlier than three years from the grant date. Vesting will be subject to performance conditions 
which are set prior to each grant by the Remuneration Committee. The performance conditions will be related to the financial 
performance of the Group.

During 2017, the Group granted 1,226,504 LTIP awards which have an aggregate fair value of £2,968,000 at the date of grant.  
The Black-Scholes model is used to fair value the LTIP at the date of grant. The inputs into the Black-Scholes model used for the 
purposes of determining fair value were as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life (yrs)
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield

287.4p 
0.0p 
35.00%
3
0.76%
5.70%

Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)
Employees may use funds from their gross salary up to a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in monthly payments (being not 
less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire ordinary shares in the Company (‘Partnership Shares’). Partnership Shares are 
acquired monthly with an annual opportunity to top up contributions to the maximum annual limit of £1,800 (or 10% of salary if 
lower). For every Partnership Share purchased, the employee receives one matching share up to a total value of £20 per month.  
All shares to date awarded under this scheme have been purchased in the market monthly; it is the intention of the Directors to 
continue this policy in the year to September 2018.

Deferred Profit Share Plan (‘DPSP’)
The DPSP provides for eligible employees to defer part of their annual profit share entitlement into an award over ordinary shares 
(an ‘Award’). Current policy is that employees receiving annual profit share in excess of £50,000 are required to defer 33% of any 
profit share in excess of this amount for a period of three years. Additional deferral requirements apply to Executive Directors which 
are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. Awards are generally in the form of nil cost options to acquire ordinary shares, 
although at the discretion of the Committee they may also take the form of a conditional right to receive ordinary shares. Awards in 
the form of mandatory deferrals made to the employees who leave the Group at any time prior to vesting lapse unless the 
employee leaves as a result of good leaver provisions. It is the intention of the Board to recommend our Trustees to purchase the 
shares in the market to satisfy options awarded under this scheme in order to avoid dilution in the year to September 2018.

During 2017, the Group granted 2,031,053 DPSP options which have an aggregate fair value of £5,837,000 at the date of grant. 

Equity Award Plan (‘EAP’)
The EAP is a discretionary arrangement under which contingent share awards can be made to selected employees within the 
Group below Board level, for example to reward exceptional performance on behalf of the Group or in certain circumstances to aid 
key staff retention. Awards are generally in the form of conditional share awards, although at the discretion of the Committee they 
may also take the form of share options. Awards will normally vest three years after grant subject to continued service provisions. 
Awards will only be capable of being satisfied with existing shares sourced via the Company’s employee benefit trust. No newly 
issued shares and/or treasury shares can be used under the EAP. Only non-director employees are eligible for selection to 
participate in the plan.

During 2017, the Group granted 77,710 EAP awards which have an aggregate fair value of £254,000 at the date of grant. 

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

129

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

30.  Operating lease arrangements 
Group
The Group recognised operating leases payments as an expense in the year as follows:

Lease payments

2017

2016

Land and 
buildings 
£'000
6,700
6,700

 Hire of 
equipment 
£'000
273
273

Land and 
buildings 
£'000
5,921
5,921

 Hire of 
equipment 
£'000
247
247

At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Amounts payable under operating leases:
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

2017

2016

Land and 
buildings 
£'000

 Hire of 
equipment 
£'000

Land and 
buildings 
£'000

 Hire of 
equipment 
£'000

7,143
25,279
17,968
50,390

233
–
–
233

7,144
25,367
22,377
54,888

233
233
–
466

The Group has significant operating lease arrangements with respect to the premises it occupies. Hire of equipment is in relation to 
multifunctional printers. 

The calculation of the future operating lease commitments has certain assumptions based on whether or not the Group expects to 
exercise break options. If these assumptions are removed and it is assumed that the Group will remain in all properties until the 
lease end date, the total commitment is £58.7 million (2016: £64.1 million).

As at 30 September 2017, there was £3.6 million (2016: £4.0 million) of future minimum sublease payments expected to be 
received under non-cancellable subleases. These expected future sublease receipts have been deducted in arriving at the onerous 
contracts provision (see note 23). 

31.  Contractual commitments 
Group
Capital expenditure authorised and contracted for at 30 September 2017 but not provided in the financial statements amounted to 
£3.8 million (2016: £nil).

130 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.  Notes to the Cash Flow Statement 
Group

Operating profit from continuing operations
Profit from discontinued operations
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships
Amortisation of intangible assets – software
Impairment of intangible assets and tangible assets
Profit on disposal of discontinued operation
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Defined benefit pension scheme
Share-based payment expense
Translation adjustments
Interest income
Interest expense

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase/(decrease) in payables and provisions
(Increase)/decrease in receivables and trading investments
Cash generated by operating activities

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Company

Operating profit
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase/(decrease) in payables 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables and trading investments
Cash generated by operating activities

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

33.  Post balance sheet events
Group and Company
There have been no post balance sheet events.

2017 
£'000
57,668
–

1,917
6,650
5,200
–
–
40
(3,000)
8,052
40
161
(11)
76,717
25,662
(25,011)
77,368
(9,905)
67,463

2017 
£'000
43,434
43,434
41
(7,601)
35,874
–
35,874

2016 
£'000
49,743
14,030

3,505
6,287
4,441
680
(14,000)
–
(3,000)
8,387
(8)
514
(65)
70,514
(45,478)
35,910
60,946
(8,913)
52,033

2016 
£'000
29,885
29,885
(14)
3,156
33,027
(525)
32,502

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

131

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements continued

34.  Related party transactions
Group
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation.  
The primary statements of the Company include amounts attributable to subsidiaries. These amounts have been disclosed in 
aggregate in the relevant notes to the financial statements of the Company and in detail in the following table:

Bell Lawrie White & Co. Limited 
Brewin Dolphin Limited
Brewin Broking Limited

Amounts owed  
by related parties

Amounts owed  
to related parties

2017 
£’000
–
53,802
–
53,802

2016 
£’000
–
46,151
–
46,151

2017 
£’000
2,434
–
4,900
7,334

2016 
£’000
2,434
–
4,900
7,334

All amounts owed by related parties are interest free and repayable on demand.

The only effect of related party transactions on the profit and loss of the Company was in respect of dividends. The Company 
received dividends of £42,500,000 (2016: £30,000,000) from Brewin Dolphin Limited and £976,800 (2016: £nil) from Tilman Brewin 
Dolphin Limited.

The Group companies did not enter into any transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group during the year, 
save as disclosed elsewhere in these financial statements.

All amounts outstanding with related parties are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. 

No provisions have been made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Remuneration of key management personnel ('KMP') 
Key management personnel are responsible for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Key management 
personnel for the Group have been determined to be the Directors and members of the Executive Committee. 

The remuneration expense for key management personnel is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments:

Lapses where KMP have left the Group
Continuing KMP

2017 
£’000
4,999
37
–

(331)
1,254
5,969

20161 
£’000
4,877
10
162

(54)
974
5,969

1.  The members of the Executive Committee were considered to be key management personnel from January 2016.

The remuneration of individual Directors is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 58 in addition to the 
disclosure above.

A number of the Group’s key management personnel and their close family members make use of the services provided by 
companies within the Group. Charges for such services are made at various staff rates.

Directors’ transactions
There are no contracts, loans to Directors or other related party transactions with Directors. 

132 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
Five Year Record – continuing operations (unaudited)

Revenue
Other operating income
Income

Staff costs
Other operating costs
Exceptional items

FSCS levy
Redundancy costs
Onerous contracts 
Impairment of intangible assets
Licence provision
One-off migration costs
Acquisition costs
Incentivisation awards
Amortisation of intangible assets – client relationships

Operating expenses

2017 
£'000
303,896
568
304,464

2016 
£'000
280,484
1,866
282,350

2015 
£'000
280,196
3,495
283,691

2014 
£'000
275,316
5,443
280,759

2013 
£'000
271,954
11,724
283,678

(162,689)
(71,766)

(152,175)
(69,458)

(152,982)
(68,975)

(147,345)
(76,066)

(148,974)
(83,418)

–
(742)
(1,969)
–
–
–
(1,683)
(1,297)
(6,650)
(246,796)

–
(2,780)
(311)
–
–
(1,596)
–
–
(6,287)
(232,607)

1,160
(2,432)
(433)
–
–
–
–
–
(9,219)
(232,881)

–
(2,269)
(2,005)
(31,693)
(2,034)
–
–
–
(13,592)
(275,004)

(1,107)
(4,795)
(6,232)
–
–
–
–
–
(12,520)
(257,046)

Operating profit
Net finance (expense)/income and other gains and losses
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent from 
continuing operations (except 2013)

57,668
(25)
57,643
(12,490)

49,743
319
50,062
(11,095)

50,810
10,190
61,000
(12,729)

5,755
1,003
6,758
(1,362)

26,632
1,768
28,400
(7,257)

45,153

38,967

48,271

5,396

21,143

Dividend per share

15.0p

13.0p

12.0p

9.9p

8.6p

Adjusted1 earnings per share
From continuing operations before exceptional items listed above.

Basic
Adjusted1 diluted

1.  See note 13 to the Financial Statements.

20.5p
19.6p

17.7p
16.8p

18.0p
17.1p

17.0p
16.0p

15.7p
14.8p

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

133

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix – calculation of KPIs

Revenue growth
1. Discretionary funds inflows are calculated from the Group’s 
client database. The growth in net inflows is derived from the 
total new client accounts opened, closed or transferred 
between services categories during the year. Net inflows of 
£2.3 billion over the opening discretionary funds value of 
£28.8 billion show an increase of 8.0%.

2. Discretionary service yield is calculated as total 

discretionary commission and fee income over the average 
funds for the year. Total discretionary income in 2017 of 
£258.8 million (2016: £234.5 million) from average 
discretionary funds of £32.0 billion (2016: £26.8 billion) results 
in a 81 bps (2016: 88 bps) yield.

Improved efficiency
3. Adjusted1 PBT margin is calculated by taking the adjusted1 
profit before tax of £70.0 million in 2017 (2016: £61.0 million) 
over the total income of £304.5 million (2016: £282.4 million) 
resulting in an adjusted1 PBT margin of 23.0% (2016: 21.6%).

4. Discretionary funds per CF30 of £75 million 

(2016: £64 million) is based on the total of discretionary funds 
excluding MPS over the total number of registered CF30s 
(Investment Managers and Financial Planners) for the Group 
of 418 (2016: 427)

5. Average client portfolio size is calculated by dividing the 
total discretionary and managed advisory funds by the 
number of clients.

Capital sufficiency
6. Capital adequacy ratio is calculated by dividing regulatory 
capital resources over the assessment of regulatory capital 
requirements see note 28 to the Financial Statements.

Dividend growth
7. Adjusted1 earnings per share growth rate of 17%  

(2016: -2%) shows the change in diluted earnings per share 
from 16.8p in 2016 to 19.6p in 2017.

8. Dividend growth, the total dividend paid by the Group  
in 2017 is 15.0p (2016: 13.0p), a growth rate of 15.4% 
(2016: 8.3%).

1.  Excluding redundancy cost, onerous contracts, amortisation of client 

relationships, acquisition costs, incentivisation awards, one-off migration costs 
and disposal of available-for-sale investments.

134 

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Shareholder Information

Investor information
Visit our website, www.brewin.co.uk for investor information  
and Company news. In addition to accessing financial data,  
you can view and download Annual and Half Year Reports, 
analyst presentations and access the best of our research and 
investment views, plus lifestyle news and interviews.

You can also subscribe to an email news alert service to 
automatically receive an email when significant announcements 
are made.

Shareholding information
Please contact our registrars, Equiniti, directly for all enquiries 
about your shareholding. Visit their Investor Centre website 
www.shareview.co.uk for online information about your 
shareholding (you will need your shareholder reference number 
which can be found on your share certificate or dividend tax 
voucher), or telephone the registrars direct: 0371 384 2237 or 
+ 44 (0) 121 415 7047.

Dividend mandate
Shareholders can arrange to have their dividends paid directly 
into their bank or building society account by completing a bank 
mandate form. The advantages to using this service are: the 
payment is more secure than sending a cheque through the 
post; it avoids the inconvenience of paying in a cheque; and 

there is no risk of lost, stolen or out-of-date cheques.  
A mandate form can be obtained from Equiniti or you will find one 
on the reverse of the tax voucher of your last dividend payment.

Electronic communications
Shareholders have previously passed a resolution enabling 
Brewin Dolphin to take advantage of provisions in the 
Companies Act 2006 that allow us to supply documents such 
as the Annual Report and Accounts to our shareholders via our 
website www.brewin.co.uk. This helps to reduce the cost and 
environmental impact of producing and distributing printed 
documents. Shareholders that wish to continue to receive 
shareholder documents in hard copy can request this by  
writing to the registrar, Equiniti.

All shareholder communications, including the Company’s 
Annual Report and Accounts, are made available to 
shareholders on the Brewin Dolphin website and you may opt 
to receive email notification that documents and information are 
available to view and download. If you would like to sign up for 
this service, visit Equiniti’s website. You may change the way 
you receive communications at any time by contacting Equiniti.

Annual General Meeting
The 2018 Annual General Meeting of Brewin Dolphin Holdings 
PLC will be held in the Haberdashers' Hall, 18 West Smithfield, 
London EC1A 9HQ on Friday 2 February 2018 at 11.30 am.

Contacts and advisers

Director of Marketing  
and Communications
Gregory Thorpe 
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD 
+44 (0) 20 7248 4400

Corporate Lawyer
Travers Smith LLP 
10 Snow Hill 
London 
EC1A 2AL

Registered Office
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD 
Company Registration 
Number: 02685806

Auditor
Deloitte LLP 
Hill House 
1 Little New Street 
London 
EC4A 3TR

Joint Corporate Broker
Liberum Capital Limited 
25 Ropemaker Street 
London 
EC2Y 9LY 

Joint Financial Adviser
Rothschild 
New Court 
St. Swithin’s Lane 
London 
EC4N 8AL

Company Secretary
Tiffany Brill 
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD 
+44 (0) 20 7248 4400

Registrar
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing, West Sussex 
BN99 6DA 
+44 (0) 121 415 7047

Corporate Broker and 
Joint Financial Adviser
Royal Bank of Canada 
Europe Limited 
Thames Court 
One Queenhithe 
London 
EC4V 4DE

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

Principal Banker
Bank of Scotland 
Corporate Specialist & 
Deposit Services 
Pentland House (2nd Floor) 
8 Lochside Avenue 
Edinburgh 
EH12 9DJ

135

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
Glossary

AGM 

ARC 

AML 

Annual General Meeting

Asset Risk Consultants

Anti-Money Laundering

ASOP 

Approved Share Options Plan

BDF 

BDH 

BDL 

Brewin Dolphin Foundation

Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC/Brewin Dolphin

Brewin Dolphin Limited

BDMP 

Brewin Dolphin MP

Internal Auditor

Basis points

Brewin Portfolio Service

Companies Act 2006

Charities Aid Foundation

Client Money & Assets

BDO 

BPS 

BPS 

CA 

CAF 

CASS 

CF30 

CGU 

CMA 

CR 

L&D 

LSE 

LTIP 

MAR 

MiFID 

MPS 

MTP 

NED 

PBT  

Learning and Development

London Stock Exchange

 The Company’s long term incentive plan, the 
‘Long Term Performance Plan’

Market Abuse Regulation

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

Managed Portfolio Service

Medium Term Plan

Non-Executive Director

Profit Before Tax

PDMR 

Persons Discharging Managerial Responsibility

RMF 

SID 

SIP 

Risk Management Framework

Senior Independent Director

Share Incentive Plan

 Client facing professional Investment Manager 
and Financial Planner

SMCR 

Senior Manager Certificate Regime

TBD 

Tilman Brewin Dolphin Limited

Cash Generating Unit

The Code 

UK Corporate Governance Code

Competition and Markets Authority

Corporate Responsibility

Deloitte 

External Auditor

DLAM 

DPSP 

DRR 

EAP 

EBITDA 

Duncan Lawrie Asset Management

Deferred Profit Share Plan

Directors Remuneration Report

Equity Award Plan

 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation

EPS  

Earnings per Share

Equiniti 

The Company's Registrar

FCA 

FRC 

FSCS 

GDPR 

GHG 

Group 

Financial Conduct Authority

Financial Reporting Council

Financial Services Compensation Scheme

General Data Protection Regulation

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

 Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC (the ‘Company’) 
and its subsidiaries

IAS 

International Accounting Standards

ICAAP 

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Investment Governance Committee

Key Performance Indicators

IGC 

KPIs 

136 

TOR 

TSR 

XO 

Terms of Reference

Total Shareholder Return

Execution Only

Brewin Dolphin
Annual Report 2017

 
Branch Address List

Aberdeen
23 Rubislaw Terrace 
Aberdeen 
AB10 1XE 
Telephone: 0122 426 7900

Belfast
6th Floor 
Waterfront Plaza 
8 Laganbank Road 
Belfast 
BT1 3LY 
Telephone: 0289 044 6000

Birmingham
9 Colmore Row 
Birmingham 
B3 2BJ 
Telephone: 0121 710 3500

Bournemouth
Waverley House 
115–119 Holdenhurst Road 
Bournemouth 
BH8 8PW 
Telephone: 0120 231 2500

Bristol
The Paragon 
Counterslip 
Bristol 
BS1 6BX 
Telephone: 0117 968 9500

Cambridge
Wellington House, 
East Road, 
Cambridge 
CB1 1BH 
Telephone: 0203 201 3050

Cardiff
2nd Floor 
5 Callaghan Square 
Cardiff 
CF10 5BT 
Telephone: 0292 034 0100

Cheltenham
2nd Floor 
St. James’ House 
St. James’ Square 
Cheltenham 
GL50 3PR 
Telephone: 0124 257 7677

Dublin
Tilman Brewin Dolphin 
3 Richview Office Park 
Clonskeagh 
Dublin 14 
Telephone:+353(0) 126 00080 
Web: www.tilmanbrewin.ie

Dundee
31–32 City Quay 
Camperdown Street 
Dundee 
DD1 3JA 
Telephone: 0138 231 7200

Edinburgh
6th Floor 
Atria One 
144 Morrison Street 
Edinburgh 
EH3 8BR 
Telephone: 0131 225 2566

Exeter
Vantage Point 
Woodwater Park 
Pynes Hill 
Exeter 
Devon 
EX2 5FD 
Telephone: 0139 244 0450

Glasgow
48 St. Vincent Street 
Glasgow 
G2 5TS 
Telephone: 0141 221 7733

Ipswich
Fraser House 
23 Museum Street 
Ipswich 
Suffolk 
IP1 1HN 
Telephone: 0147 326 7200

Jersey
2nd Floor 
Kingsgate House 
55 The Esplanade 
St Helier 
Jersey 
JE2 3QB 
Telephone: 0153 470 3000

Leeds
10 Wellington Place 
Leeds 
LS1 4AN 
Telephone: 0113 245 9341

Leicester
Two Colton Square 
Leicester 
LE1 1QF 
Telephone: 0116 242 0700

Lincoln
Olympic House 
Doddington Road 
Lincoln 
LN6 3SE 
Telephone: 0152 250 3000

London
12 Smithfield Street 
London 
EC1A 9BD 
Telephone: 0203 201 3900

Manchester
1 The Avenue 
Spinningfields Square 
Manchester 
M3 3AP 
Telephone: 0161 839 4222

Marlborough
Woodstock Court 
Blenheim Road 
Marlborough 
Wiltshire 
SN8 4AN 
Telephone: 0167 251 9600

Newcastle
Time Central 
Gallowgate 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 4SR 
Telephone: 0191 279 7300

Nottingham
1st Floor 
Waterfront House 
Waterfront Plaza 
35 Station Street 
Nottingham 
NG2 3DQ 
Telephone: 0115 852 5580

Oxford
7th Floor 
Seacourt Tower 
West Way 
Oxford 
OX2 0JJ 
Telephone: 0186 525 5750

Penrith
1 Mason Court 
Gillan Way 
Penrith 40 Business Park 
Penrith 
Cumbria 
CA11 9GR 
Telephone: 0176 886 1710

Plymouth
Ashleigh Court 
Ashleigh Way 
Langage Business Park 
Plymouth 
PL7 5JX 
Telephone: 0175 233 4650

Reigate
45 London Road 
Reigate 
Surrey 
RH2 9PY 
Telephone: 0173 722 3722

Shrewsbury
Mutual House 
Sitka Drive 
Shrewsbury Business Park 
Shrewsbury 
Shropshire 
SY2 6LG 
Telephone: 0174 339 9000

Truro
24 Lemon Street 
Truro 
TR1 2LS 
Telephone: 0175 233 4650

See page 8 for a map of the locations of the branches

Brewin Dolphin 
www.brewin.co.uk 

137

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBrewin Dolphin Holdings PLC 
12 Smithfield Street
London EC1A 9BD
T 020 7248 4400
W brewin.co.uk
E info@brewin.co.uk

B

r

e

w

i

n

D

o

l

p

h

i

n

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

This document is printed on Horizon Offset, a paper containing 
fibre sourced from well managed, responsible, FSC® certified 
forests. The pulp used in this product is bleached using an 
elemental chlorine free (ECF) process.

Printed by Park Communications